mirror of
https://github.com/MicrosoftDocs/windows-itpro-docs.git
synced 2025-05-12 21:37:22 +00:00
Merge branch 'master' into aljupudi-5548201-htmltomdtableupdate-batch28-sweep
This commit is contained in:
commit
2a750e260e
@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Kernel memory crash dumps require enough page file space or dedicated dump file
|
||||
|
||||
Computers that are running Microsoft Windows or Microsoft Windows Server usually must have a page file to support a system crash dump. System administrators now have the option to create a dedicated dump file instead.
|
||||
|
||||
A dedicated dump file is a page file that is not used for paging. Instead, it is “dedicated” to back a system crash dump file (Memory.dmp) when a system crash occurs. Dedicated dump files can be put on any disk volume that can support a page file. We recommend that you use a dedicated dump file if you want a system crash dump but you do not want a page file.
|
||||
A dedicated dump file is a page file that is not used for paging. Instead, it is “dedicated” to back a system crash dump file (Memory.dmp) when a system crash occurs. Dedicated dump files can be put on any disk volume that can support a page file. We recommend that you use a dedicated dump file if you want a system crash dump but you do not want a page file. To learn how to create it, see [Overview of memory dump file options for Windows](/troubleshoot/windows-server/performance/memory-dump-file-options).
|
||||
|
||||
## System-managed page files
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -36,12 +36,12 @@ To help diagnose enrollment or device management issues in Windows 10 devices m
|
||||
You can also collect the MDM Diagnostic Information logs using the following command:
|
||||
|
||||
```xml
|
||||
mdmdiagnosticstool.exe -area DeviceEnrollment;DeviceProvisioning;Autopilot -cab c:\users\public\documents\MDMDiagReport.cab
|
||||
mdmdiagnosticstool.exe -area DeviceEnrollment;DeviceProvisioning;Autopilot -zip c:\users\public\documents\MDMDiagReport.zip
|
||||
```
|
||||
- In File Explorer, navigate to c:\Users\Public\Documents\MDMDiagnostics to see the report.
|
||||
|
||||
### Understanding cab structure
|
||||
The cab file will have logs according to the areas that were used in the command. This explanation is based on DeviceEnrollment, DeviceProvisioning and Autopilot areas. It applies to the cab files collected via command line or Feedback Hub
|
||||
### Understanding zip structure
|
||||
The zip file will have logs according to the areas that were used in the command. This explanation is based on DeviceEnrollment, DeviceProvisioning and Autopilot areas. It applies to the zip files collected via command line or Feedback Hub
|
||||
|
||||
- DiagnosticLogCSP_Collector_Autopilot_*: Autopilot etls
|
||||
- DiagnosticLogCSP_Collector_DeviceProvisioning_*: Provisioning etls (Microsoft-Windows-Provisioning-Diagnostics-Provider)
|
||||
|
@ -88,67 +88,57 @@ Extend codes can be matched to the phase and operation when an error occurred. T
|
||||
|
||||
The following tables provide the corresponding phase and operation for values of an extend code:
|
||||
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
### Extend code: phase
|
||||
|
||||
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
|
||||
<tr><td colspan="2" align="center" valign="top" BGCOLOR="#a0e4fa"><font color="#000000"><b>Extend code: phase</b></td>
|
||||
<tr><td><b>Hex</b><td><b>Phase</b>
|
||||
<tr><td>0<td>SP_EXECUTION_UNKNOWN
|
||||
<tr><td>1<td>SP_EXECUTION_DOWNLEVEL
|
||||
<tr><td>2<td>SP_EXECUTION_SAFE_OS
|
||||
<tr><td>3<td>SP_EXECUTION_FIRST_BOOT
|
||||
<tr><td>4<td>SP_EXECUTION_OOBE_BOOT
|
||||
<tr><td>5<td>SP_EXECUTION_UNINSTALL
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|Hex|Phase|
|
||||
|--- |--- |
|
||||
|0|SP_EXECUTION_UNKNOWN|
|
||||
|1|SP_EXECUTION_DOWNLEVEL|
|
||||
|2|SP_EXECUTION_SAFE_OS|
|
||||
|3|SP_EXECUTION_FIRST_BOOT|
|
||||
|4|SP_EXECUTION_OOBE_BOOT|
|
||||
|5|SP_EXECUTION_UNINSTALL|
|
||||
|
||||
### Extend code: Operation
|
||||
|
||||
<table border="0" style='border-collapse:collapse;border:none'>
|
||||
<tr><td colspan="2" align="center" valign="top" BGCOLOR="#a0e4fa"><font color="#000000"><B>Extend code: operation</B></td>
|
||||
<tr><td align="left" valign="top" style='border:dotted #A6A6A6 1.0pt;'>
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<tr><td><b>Hex</b><td><span style='padding:0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt;'><b>Operation</b>
|
||||
<tr><td><span>0<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_UNKNOWN
|
||||
<tr><td><span>1<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_COPY_PAYLOAD
|
||||
<tr><td><span>2<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_DOWNLOAD_UPDATES
|
||||
<tr><td><span>3<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_INSTALL_UPDATES
|
||||
<tr><td><span>4<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_INSTALL_RECOVERY_ENVIRONMENT
|
||||
<tr><td><span>5<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_INSTALL_RECOVERY_IMAGE
|
||||
<tr><td><span>6<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_REPLICATE_OC
|
||||
<tr><td><span>7<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_INSTALL_DRVIERS
|
||||
<tr><td><span>8<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_PREPARE_SAFE_OS
|
||||
<tr><td><span>9<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_PREPARE_ROLLBACK
|
||||
<tr><td><span>A<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_PREPARE_FIRST_BOOT
|
||||
<tr><td><span>B<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_PREPARE_OOBE_BOOT
|
||||
<tr><td><span>C<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_APPLY_IMAGE
|
||||
<tr><td><span>D<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_MIGRATE_DATA
|
||||
<tr><td><span>E<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_SET_PRODUCT_KEY
|
||||
<tr><td><span>F<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_ADD_UNATTEND
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td align="left" valign="top" style='border:dotted #A6A6A6 1.0pt;'>
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<tr><td><b>Hex</b><td><b>Operation</b>
|
||||
<tr><td><span>10<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_ADD_DRIVER
|
||||
<tr><td><span>11<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_ENABLE_FEATURE
|
||||
<tr><td><span>12<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_DISABLE_FEATURE
|
||||
<tr><td><span>13<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_REGISTER_ASYNC_PROCESS
|
||||
<tr><td><span>14<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_REGISTER_SYNC_PROCESS
|
||||
<tr><td><span>15<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_CREATE_FILE
|
||||
<tr><td><span>16<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_CREATE_REGISTRY
|
||||
<tr><td><span>17<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_BOOT
|
||||
<tr><td><span>18<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_SYSPREP
|
||||
<tr><td><span>19<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_OOBE
|
||||
<tr><td><span>1A<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_BEGIN_FIRST_BOOT
|
||||
<tr><td><span>1B<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_END_FIRST_BOOT
|
||||
<tr><td><span>1C<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_BEGIN_OOBE_BOOT
|
||||
<tr><td><span>1D<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_END_OOBE_BOOT
|
||||
<tr><td><span>1E<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_PRE_OOBE
|
||||
<tr><td><span>1F<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_POST_OOBE
|
||||
<tr><td><span>20<td><span>SP_EXECUTION_OP_ADD_PROVISIONING_PACKAGE
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|Hex|Operation|
|
||||
|--- |--- |
|
||||
|0|SP_EXECUTION_OP_UNKNOWN|
|
||||
|1|SP_EXECUTION_OP_COPY_PAYLOAD|
|
||||
|2|SP_EXECUTION_OP_DOWNLOAD_UPDATES|
|
||||
|3|SP_EXECUTION_OP_INSTALL_UPDATES|
|
||||
|4|SP_EXECUTION_OP_INSTALL_RECOVERY_ENVIRONMENT|
|
||||
|5|SP_EXECUTION_OP_INSTALL_RECOVERY_IMAGE|
|
||||
|6|SP_EXECUTION_OP_REPLICATE_OC|
|
||||
|7|SP_EXECUTION_OP_INSTALL_DRIVERS|
|
||||
|8|SP_EXECUTION_OP_PREPARE_SAFE_OS|
|
||||
|9|SP_EXECUTION_OP_PREPARE_ROLLBACK|
|
||||
|A|SP_EXECUTION_OP_PREPARE_FIRST_BOOT|
|
||||
|B|SP_EXECUTION_OP_PREPARE_OOBE_BOOT|
|
||||
|C|SP_EXECUTION_OP_APPLY_IMAGE|
|
||||
|D|SP_EXECUTION_OP_MIGRATE_DATA|
|
||||
|E|SP_EXECUTION_OP_SET_PRODUCT_KEY|
|
||||
|F|SP_EXECUTION_OP_ADD_UNATTEND|
|
||||
|
||||
|Hex|Operation|
|
||||
|--- |--- |
|
||||
|10|SP_EXECUTION_OP_ADD_DRIVER|
|
||||
|11|SP_EXECUTION_OP_ENABLE_FEATURE|
|
||||
|12|SP_EXECUTION_OP_DISABLE_FEATURE|
|
||||
|13|SP_EXECUTION_OP_REGISTER_ASYNC_PROCESS|
|
||||
|14|SP_EXECUTION_OP_REGISTER_SYNC_PROCESS|
|
||||
|15|SP_EXECUTION_OP_CREATE_FILE|
|
||||
|16|SP_EXECUTION_OP_CREATE_REGISTRY|
|
||||
|17|SP_EXECUTION_OP_BOOT|
|
||||
|18|SP_EXECUTION_OP_SYSPREP|
|
||||
|19|SP_EXECUTION_OP_OOBE|
|
||||
|1A|SP_EXECUTION_OP_BEGIN_FIRST_BOOT|
|
||||
|1B|SP_EXECUTION_OP_END_FIRST_BOOT|
|
||||
|1C|SP_EXECUTION_OP_BEGIN_OOBE_BOOT|
|
||||
|1D|SP_EXECUTION_OP_END_OOBE_BOOT|
|
||||
|1E|SP_EXECUTION_OP_PRE_OOBE|
|
||||
|1F|SP_EXECUTION_OP_POST_OOBE|
|
||||
|20|SP_EXECUTION_OP_ADD_PROVISIONING_PACKAGE|
|
||||
|
||||
For example: An extend code of **0x4000D**, represents a problem during phase 4 (**0x4**) with data migration (**000D**).
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
description: Use this article to learn more about what required Windows diagnostic data is gathered.
|
||||
title: Windows 10, version 21H2, Windows 10, version 21H1, Windows 10, version 20H2 and Windows 10, version 2004 required diagnostic events and fields (Windows 10)
|
||||
keywords: privacy, telemetry
|
||||
ms.prod: w10
|
||||
ms.prod: m365-security
|
||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
||||
ms.pagetype: security
|
||||
@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ ms.collection:
|
||||
ms.topic: article
|
||||
audience: ITPro
|
||||
ms.date:
|
||||
ms.technology: privacy
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
title: Windows Privacy Compliance Guide
|
||||
description: This article provides information to help IT and compliance professionals understand the personal data policies as related to Windows.
|
||||
keywords: privacy, GDPR, compliance
|
||||
ms.prod: w10
|
||||
ms.prod: m365-security
|
||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
||||
ms.pagetype: security
|
||||
@ -13,7 +13,8 @@ ms.author: brianlic
|
||||
manager: dansimp
|
||||
ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
|
||||
ms.topic: article
|
||||
ms.date: 10/04/2021
|
||||
ms.date: 12/01/2021
|
||||
ms.technology: privacy
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
# Windows Privacy Compliance:<br />A Guide for IT and Compliance Professionals
|
||||
|
@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ ms.author: v-hakima
|
||||
manager: dansimp
|
||||
ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
|
||||
ms.topic: article
|
||||
ms.date: 10/04/2021
|
||||
ms.date: 12/01/2021
|
||||
ms.technology: privacy
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Windows 11 connection endpoints for non-Enterprise editions
|
||||
|
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
title: Windows 10 diagnostic data for the Full diagnostic data level (Windows 10)
|
||||
description: Use this article to learn about the types of data that is collected the Full diagnostic data level.
|
||||
keywords: privacy,Windows 10
|
||||
ms.prod: w10
|
||||
ms.prod: m365-security
|
||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
||||
ms.localizationpriority: high
|
||||
@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ ms.author: dansimp
|
||||
manager: dansimp
|
||||
ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
|
||||
ms.topic: article
|
||||
ms.date: 11/28/2017
|
||||
ms.date: 12/01/2021
|
||||
ms.reviewer:
|
||||
ms.technology: privacy
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
# Windows 10 diagnostic data for the Full diagnostic data level
|
||||
|
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
title: Windows 10, version 1709 and Windows 11 and later optional diagnostic data (Windows 10)
|
||||
description: Use this article to learn about the types of optional diagnostic data that is collected.
|
||||
keywords: privacy,Windows 10
|
||||
ms.prod: w10
|
||||
ms.prod: m365-security
|
||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
||||
ms.localizationpriority: high
|
||||
@ -14,6 +14,9 @@ ms.collection:
|
||||
- M365-security-compliance
|
||||
- highpri
|
||||
ms.topic: article
|
||||
ms.reviewer:
|
||||
ms.technology: privacy
|
||||
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
# Windows 10, version 1709 and later and Windows 11 optional diagnostic data
|
||||
|
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
title: Windows 10, version 1709, connection endpoints for non-Enterprise editions
|
||||
description: Explains what Windows 10 endpoints are used in non-Enterprise editions. Specific to Windows 10, version 1709.
|
||||
keywords: privacy, manage connections to Microsoft, Windows 10, Windows Server 2016
|
||||
ms.prod: w10
|
||||
ms.prod: m365-security
|
||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
||||
ms.localizationpriority: high
|
||||
@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ ms.author: dansimp
|
||||
manager: dansimp
|
||||
ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
|
||||
ms.topic: article
|
||||
ms.date: 6/26/2018
|
||||
ms.reviewer:
|
||||
ms.date: 12/01/2021
|
||||
ms.reviewer:
|
||||
ms.technology: privacy
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Windows 10, version 1709, connection endpoints for non-Enterprise editions
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
title: Windows 10, version 1803, connection endpoints for non-Enterprise editions
|
||||
description: Explains what Windows 10 endpoints are used in non-Enterprise editions. Specific to Windows 10, version 1803.
|
||||
keywords: privacy, manage connections to Microsoft, Windows 10, Windows Server 2016
|
||||
ms.prod: w10
|
||||
ms.prod: m365-security
|
||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
||||
ms.localizationpriority: high
|
||||
@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ ms.author: dansimp
|
||||
manager: dansimp
|
||||
ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
|
||||
ms.topic: article
|
||||
ms.date: 6/26/2018
|
||||
ms.date: 12/01/2021
|
||||
ms.reviewer:
|
||||
ms.technology: privacy
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Windows 10, version 1803, connection endpoints for non-Enterprise editions
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
title: Windows 10, version 1809, connection endpoints for non-Enterprise editions
|
||||
description: Explains what Windows 10 endpoints are used in non-Enterprise editions. Specific to Windows 10, version 1809.
|
||||
keywords: privacy, manage connections to Microsoft, Windows 10, Windows Server 2016
|
||||
ms.prod: w10
|
||||
ms.prod: m365-security
|
||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
||||
ms.localizationpriority: high
|
||||
@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ ms.author: dansimp
|
||||
manager: dansimp
|
||||
ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
|
||||
ms.topic: article
|
||||
ms.date: 6/26/2018
|
||||
ms.date: 12/01/2021
|
||||
ms.reviewer:
|
||||
ms.technology: privacy
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Windows 10, version 1809, connection endpoints for non-Enterprise editions
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
title: Windows 10, version 1903, connection endpoints for non-Enterprise editions
|
||||
description: Explains what Windows 10 endpoints are used in non-Enterprise editions. Specific to Windows 10, version 1903.
|
||||
keywords: privacy, manage connections to Microsoft, Windows 10, Windows Server 2016
|
||||
ms.prod: w10
|
||||
ms.prod: m365-security
|
||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
||||
ms.localizationpriority: high
|
||||
@ -12,7 +12,8 @@ ms.author: obezeajo
|
||||
manager: dansimp
|
||||
ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
|
||||
ms.topic: article
|
||||
ms.date: 7/22/2020
|
||||
ms.date: 12/01/2021
|
||||
ms.technology: privacy
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
# Windows 10, version 1903, connection endpoints for non-Enterprise editions
|
||||
|
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
title: Windows 10, version 1909, connection endpoints for non-Enterprise editions
|
||||
description: Explains what Windows 10 endpoints are used in non-Enterprise editions. Specific to Windows 10, version 1909.
|
||||
keywords: privacy, manage connections to Microsoft, Windows 10, Windows Server 2016
|
||||
ms.prod: w10
|
||||
ms.prod: m365-security
|
||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
||||
ms.localizationpriority: high
|
||||
@ -12,7 +12,8 @@ ms.author: v-hakima
|
||||
manager: obezeajo
|
||||
ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
|
||||
ms.topic: article
|
||||
ms.date: 08/18/2020
|
||||
ms.date: 12/01/2021
|
||||
ms.technology: privacy
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Windows 10, version 1909, connection endpoints for non-Enterprise editions
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
title: Windows 10, version 2004, connection endpoints for non-Enterprise editions
|
||||
description: Explains what Windows 10 endpoints are used in non-Enterprise editions. Specific to Windows 10, version 2004.
|
||||
keywords: privacy, manage connections to Microsoft, Windows 10, Windows Server 2016
|
||||
ms.prod: w10
|
||||
ms.prod: m365-security
|
||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
||||
ms.localizationpriority: high
|
||||
@ -12,7 +12,8 @@ ms.author: obezeajo
|
||||
manager: dansimp
|
||||
ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
|
||||
ms.topic: article
|
||||
ms.date: 5/11/2020
|
||||
ms.date: 12/01/2021
|
||||
ms.technology: privacy
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Windows 10, version 2004, connection endpoints for non-Enterprise editions
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
title: Windows 10, version 20H2, connection endpoints for non-Enterprise editions
|
||||
description: Explains what Windows 10 endpoints are used in non-Enterprise editions. Specific to Windows 10, version 20H2.
|
||||
keywords: privacy, manage connections to Microsoft, Windows 10, Windows Server 2016
|
||||
ms.prod: w10
|
||||
ms.prod: m365-security
|
||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
||||
ms.localizationpriority: high
|
||||
@ -12,7 +12,8 @@ ms.author: v-hakima
|
||||
manager: dansimp
|
||||
ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
|
||||
ms.topic: article
|
||||
ms.date: 12/17/2020
|
||||
ms.date: 12/01/2021
|
||||
ms.technology: privacy
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Windows 10, version 20H2, connection endpoints for non-Enterprise editions
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ ms.author: v-hakima
|
||||
manager: dansimp
|
||||
ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
|
||||
ms.topic: article
|
||||
ms.date: 10/04/2021
|
||||
ms.date: 12/01/2021
|
||||
ms.technology: privacy
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Windows 10, version 21H1, connection endpoints for non-Enterprise editions
|
||||
|
@ -94,15 +94,11 @@ In comparison, on the Windows client operating system, a user with a local user
|
||||
|
||||
In this case, Group Policy can be used to enable secure settings that can control the use of the local Administrators group automatically on every server or client computer. For more information about Group Policy, see [Group Policy Overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/hh831791(v=ws.11)).
|
||||
|
||||
**Note**
|
||||
Blank passwords are not allowed in the versions designated in the **Applies To** list at the beginning of this topic.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**Important**
|
||||
Even when the Administrator account has been disabled, it can still be used to gain access to a computer by using safe mode. In the Recovery Console or in safe mode, the Administrator account is automatically enabled. When normal operations are resumed, it is disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
> [!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
>
|
||||
> - Blank passwords are not allowed in the versions designated in the **Applies To** list at the beginning of this topic.
|
||||
>
|
||||
> - Even when the Administrator account has been disabled, it can still be used to gain access to a computer by using safe mode. In the Recovery Console or in safe mode, the Administrator account is automatically enabled. When normal operations are resumed, it is disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
### <a href="" id="sec-guest"></a>Guest account
|
||||
|
||||
@ -139,53 +135,16 @@ For details about the HelpAssistant account attributes, see the following table.
|
||||
|
||||
**HelpAssistant account attributes**
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="50%" />
|
||||
<col width="50%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th>Attribute</th>
|
||||
<th>Value</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td><p>Well-Known SID/RID</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>S-1-5-<domain>-13 (Terminal Server User), S-1-5-<domain>-14 (Remote Interactive Logon)</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td><p>Type</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>User</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td><p>Default container</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>CN=Users, DC=<domain>, DC=</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td><p>Default members</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>None</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td><p>Default member of</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Domain Guests</p>
|
||||
<p>Guests</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td><p>Protected by ADMINSDHOLDER?</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>No</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td><p>Safe to move out of default container?</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Can be moved out, but we do not recommend it.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td><p>Safe to delegate management of this group to non-Service admins?</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>No</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|Attribute|Value|
|
||||
|--- |--- |
|
||||
|Well-Known SID/RID|`S-1-5-<domain>-13 (Terminal Server User), S-1-5-<domain>-14 (Remote Interactive Logon)`|
|
||||
|Type|User|
|
||||
|Default container|`CN=Users, DC=<domain>, DC=`|
|
||||
|Default members|None|
|
||||
|Default member of|Domain Guests<br/><br/>Guests|
|
||||
|Protected by ADMINSDHOLDER?|No|
|
||||
|Safe to move out of default container?|Can be moved out, but we do not recommend it.|
|
||||
|Safe to delegate management of this group to non-Service admins?|No|
|
||||
|
||||
### DefaultAccount
|
||||
|
||||
@ -232,8 +191,8 @@ The SYSTEM account is used by the operating system and by services that run unde
|
||||
|
||||
On the other hand, the SYSTEM account does appear on an NTFS file system volume in File Manager in the **Permissions** portion of the **Security** menu. By default, the SYSTEM account is granted Full Control permissions to all files on an NTFS volume. Here the SYSTEM account has the same functional rights and permissions as the Administrator account.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note**
|
||||
To grant the account Administrators group file permissions does not implicitly give permission to the SYSTEM account. The SYSTEM account's permissions can be removed from a file, but we do not recommend removing them.
|
||||
> [!NOTE]
|
||||
> To grant the account Administrators group file permissions does not implicitly give permission to the SYSTEM account. The SYSTEM account's permissions can be removed from a file, but we do not recommend removing them.
|
||||
|
||||
### NETWORK SERVICE
|
||||
The NETWORK SERVICE account is a predefined local account used by the service control manager (SCM). A service that runs in the context of the NETWORK SERVICE account presents the computer's credentials to remote servers. For more information, see [NetworkService Account](/windows/desktop/services/networkservice-account).
|
||||
@ -250,8 +209,8 @@ You can use Local Users and Groups to assign rights and permissions on the local
|
||||
|
||||
You cannot use Local Users and Groups on a domain controller. However, you can use Local Users and Groups on a domain controller to target remote computers that are not domain controllers on the network.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note**
|
||||
You use Active Directory Users and Computers to manage users and groups in Active Directory.
|
||||
> [!NOTE]
|
||||
> You use Active Directory Users and Computers to manage users and groups in Active Directory.
|
||||
|
||||
You can also manage local users by using NET.EXE USER and manage local groups by using NET.EXE LOCALGROUP, or by using a variety of PowerShell cmdlets and other scripting technologies.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -271,8 +230,8 @@ The other approaches that can be used to restrict and protect user accounts with
|
||||
|
||||
Each of these approaches is described in the following sections.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note**
|
||||
These approaches do not apply if all administrative local accounts are disabled.
|
||||
> [!NOTE]
|
||||
> These approaches do not apply if all administrative local accounts are disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -290,77 +249,24 @@ For more information about UAC, see [User Account Control](/windows/access-prote
|
||||
|
||||
The following table shows the Group Policy and registry settings that are used to enforce local account restrictions for remote access.
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="33%" />
|
||||
<col width="33%" />
|
||||
<col width="33%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td><p><b>No.</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td><p><b>Setting</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td><p><b>Detailed Description</b></p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Policy location</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Computer Configuration\Windows Settings\Security Settings\Local Policies\Security Options</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td><p>1</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Policy name</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p><a href="/windows/device-security/security-policy-settings/user-account-control-run-all-administrators-in-admin-approval-mode" data-raw-source="[User Account Control: Run all administrators in Admin Approval Mode](/windows/device-security/security-policy-settings/user-account-control-run-all-administrators-in-admin-approval-mode)">User Account Control: Run all administrators in Admin Approval Mode</a></p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Policy setting</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Enabled</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td><p>2</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Policy location</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Computer Configuration\Windows Settings\Security Settings\Local Policies\Security Options</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Policy name</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p><a href="/windows/device-security/security-policy-settings/user-account-control-run-all-administrators-in-admin-approval-mode" data-raw-source="[User Account Control: Run all administrators in Admin Approval Mode](/windows/device-security/security-policy-settings/user-account-control-run-all-administrators-in-admin-approval-mode)">User Account Control: Run all administrators in Admin Approval Mode</a></p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Policy setting</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Enabled</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td><p>3</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Registry key</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p><b>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\System</b></p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Registry value name</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>LocalAccountTokenFilterPolicy</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Registry value type</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>DWORD</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Registry value data</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>0</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|No.|Setting|Detailed Description|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
||Policy location|Computer Configuration\Windows Settings\Security Settings\Local Policies\Security Options|
|
||||
|1|Policy name|[User Account Control: Run all administrators in Admin Approval Mode](/windows/device-security/security-policy-settings/user-account-control-run-all-administrators-in-admin-approval-mode)|
|
||||
||Policy setting|Enabled|
|
||||
|2|Policy location|Computer Configuration\Windows Settings\Security Settings\Local Policies\Security Options|
|
||||
||Policy name|[User Account Control: Run all administrators in Admin Approval Mode](/windows/device-security/security-policy-settings/user-account-control-run-all-administrators-in-admin-approval-mode)|
|
||||
||Policy setting|Enabled|
|
||||
|3|Registry key|HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\System|
|
||||
||Registry value name|LocalAccountTokenFilterPolicy|
|
||||
||Registry value type|DWORD|
|
||||
||Registry value data|0|
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
>[!NOTE]
|
||||
>You can also enforce the default for LocalAccountTokenFilterPolicy by using the custom ADMX in Security Templates.
|
||||
> [!NOTE]
|
||||
> You can also enforce the default for LocalAccountTokenFilterPolicy by using the custom ADMX in Security Templates.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**To enforce local account restrictions for remote access**
|
||||
#### To enforce local account restrictions for remote access
|
||||
|
||||
1. Start the **Group Policy Management** Console (GPMC).
|
||||
|
||||
@ -430,63 +336,23 @@ The following table shows the Group Policy and registry settings that are used t
|
||||
|
||||
Denying local accounts the ability to perform network logons can help prevent a local account password hash from being reused in a malicious attack. This procedure helps to prevent lateral movement by ensuring that the credentials for local accounts that are stolen from a compromised operating system cannot be used to compromise additional computers that use the same credentials.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note**
|
||||
In order to perform this procedure, you must first identify the name of the local, default Administrator account, which might not be the default user name "Administrator", and any other accounts that are members of the local Administrators group.
|
||||
> [!NOTE]
|
||||
> To perform this procedure, you must first identify the name of the local, default Administrator account, which might not be the default user name "Administrator", and any other accounts that are members of the local Administrators group.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The following table shows the Group Policy settings that are used to deny network logon for all local Administrator accounts.
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="33%" />
|
||||
<col width="33%" />
|
||||
<col width="33%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td><p><b>No.</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td><p><b>Setting</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td><p><b>Detailed Description</b></p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Policy location</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Computer Configuration\Windows Settings\Security Settings\Local Policies\User Rights Assignment</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td><p>1</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Policy name</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p><a href="/windows/device-security/security-policy-settings/deny-access-to-this-computer-from-the-network" data-raw-source="[Deny access to this computer from the network](/windows/device-security/security-policy-settings/deny-access-to-this-computer-from-the-network)">Deny access to this computer from the network</a></p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Policy setting</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Local account and member of Administrators group</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td><p>2</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Policy location</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Computer Configuration\Windows Settings\Security Settings\Local Policies\User Rights Assignment</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Policy name</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p><a href="/windows/device-security/security-policy-settings/deny-log-on-through-remote-desktop-services" data-raw-source="[Deny log on through Remote Desktop Services](/windows/device-security/security-policy-settings/deny-log-on-through-remote-desktop-services)">Deny log on through Remote Desktop Services</a></p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Policy setting</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Local account and member of Administrators group</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|No.|Setting|Detailed Description|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
||Policy location|Computer Configuration\Windows Settings\Security Settings\Local Policies\User Rights Assignment|
|
||||
|1|Policy name|[Deny access to this computer from the network](/windows/device-security/security-policy-settings/deny-access-to-this-computer-from-the-network)|
|
||||
||Policy setting|Local account and member of Administrators group|
|
||||
|2|Policy location|Computer Configuration\Windows Settings\Security Settings\Local Policies\User Rights Assignment|
|
||||
||Policy name|[Deny log on through Remote Desktop Services](/windows/device-security/security-policy-settings/deny-log-on-through-remote-desktop-services)|
|
||||
||Policy setting|Local account and member of Administrators group|
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**To deny network logon to all local administrator accounts**
|
||||
#### To deny network logon to all local administrator accounts
|
||||
|
||||
1. Start the **Group Policy Management** Console (GPMC).
|
||||
|
||||
@ -532,8 +398,8 @@ The following table shows the Group Policy settings that are used to deny networ
|
||||
|
||||
11. Create links to all other OUs that contain servers.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note**
|
||||
You might have to create a separate GPO if the user name of the default Administrator account is different on workstations and servers.
|
||||
> [!NOTE]
|
||||
> You might have to create a separate GPO if the user name of the default Administrator account is different on workstations and servers.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### <a href="" id="sec-create-unique-passwords"></a>Create unique passwords for local accounts with administrative rights
|
||||
@ -559,4 +425,4 @@ The following resources provide additional information about technologies that a
|
||||
|
||||
- [Security Identifiers](security-identifiers.md)
|
||||
|
||||
- [Access Control Overview](access-control.md)
|
||||
- [Access Control Overview](access-control.md)
|
||||
|
@ -41,151 +41,32 @@ The following table lists the Group Policy settings that you can configure for W
|
||||
> [!NOTE]
|
||||
> Starting with Windows 10, version 1709, the location of the PIN complexity section of the Group Policy is: **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates** > **System** > **PIN Complexity**.
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<th colspan="2">Policy</th>
|
||||
<th>Scope</th>
|
||||
<th>Options</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Use Windows Hello for Business</td>
|
||||
<td></td>
|
||||
<td>Computer or user</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p><b>Not configured</b>: Device does not provision Windows Hello for Business for any user.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Enabled</b>: Device provisions Windows Hello for Business using keys or certificates for all users.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Disabled</b>: Device does not provision Windows Hello for Business for any user.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Use a hardware security device</td>
|
||||
<td></td>
|
||||
<td>Computer</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p><b>Not configured</b>: Windows Hello for Business will be provisioned using TPM if available, and will be provisioned using software if TPM is not available.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Enabled</b>: Windows Hello for Business will only be provisioned using TPM. This feature will provision Windows Hello for Business using TPM 1.2 unless the option to exclude them is explicitly set.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Disabled</b>: Windows Hello for Business will be provisioned using TPM if available, and will be provisioned using software if TPM is not available.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Use certificate for on-premises authentication</td>
|
||||
<td></td>
|
||||
<td>Computer or user</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p><b>Not configured</b>: Windows Hello for Business enrolls a key that is used for on-premises authentication.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Enabled</b>: Windows Hello for Business enrolls a sign-in certificate using ADFS that is used for on-premises authentication.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Disabled</b>: Windows Hello for Business enrolls a key that is used for on-premises authentication.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<td>Use PIN recovery</td>
|
||||
<td></td>
|
||||
<td>Computer</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>Added in Windows 10, version 1703</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Not configured</b>: Windows Hello for Business does not create or store a PIN recovery secret. PIN reset does not use the Azure-based PIN recovery service.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Enabled</b>: Windows Hello for Business uses the Azure-based PIN recovery service for PIN reset.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Disabled</b>: Windows Hello for Business does not create or store a PIN recovery secret. PIN reset does not use the Azure-based PIN recovery service.</p>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
|Policy|Scope|Options|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|Use Windows Hello for Business|Computer or user|<p><b>Not configured</b>: Device does not provision Windows Hello for Business for any user.<p><b>Enabled</b>: Device provisions Windows Hello for Business using keys or certificates for all users.<p><b>Disabled</b>: Device does not provision Windows Hello for Business for any user.|
|
||||
|Use a hardware security device|Computer|<p><b>Not configured</b>: Windows Hello for Business will be provisioned using TPM if available, and will be provisioned using software if TPM is not available.<p><b>Enabled</b>: Windows Hello for Business will only be provisioned using TPM. This feature will provision Windows Hello for Business using TPM 1.2 unless the option to exclude them is explicitly set.<p><b>Disabled</b>: Windows Hello for Business will be provisioned using TPM if available, and will be provisioned using software if TPM is not available.|
|
||||
|Use certificate for on-premises authentication|Computer or user|<p><b>Not configured</b>: Windows Hello for Business enrolls a key that is used for on-premises authentication.<p><b>Enabled</b>: Windows Hello for Business enrolls a sign-in certificate using ADFS that is used for on-premises authentication.<p><b>Disabled</b>: Windows Hello for Business enrolls a key that is used for on-premises authentication.|
|
||||
|Use PIN recovery|Computer|<p>Added in Windows 10, version 1703<p><b>Not configured</b>: Windows Hello for Business does not create or store a PIN recovery secret. PIN reset does not use the Azure-based PIN recovery service<p><b>Enabled</b>: Windows Hello for Business uses the Azure-based PIN recovery service for PIN reset<p><b>Disabled</b>: Windows Hello for Business does not create or store a PIN recovery secret. PIN reset does not use the Azure-based PIN recovery service.<p>For more information about using the PIN recovery service for PIN reset see [Windows Hello for Business PIN Reset](hello-feature-pin-reset.md).|
|
||||
|Use biometrics|Computer|<p><b>Not configured</b>: Biometrics can be used as a gesture in place of a PIN<p><b>Enabled</b>: Biometrics can be used as a gesture in place of a PIN.<p><b>Disabled</b>: Only a PIN can be used as a gesture.|
|
||||
|
||||
For more information about using the PIN recovery service for PIN reset see [Windows Hello for Business PIN Reset](hello-feature-pin-reset.md).
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Use biometrics</td>
|
||||
<td></td>
|
||||
<td>Computer</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p><b>Not configured</b>: Biometrics can be used as a gesture in place of a PIN.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Enabled</b>: Biometrics can be used as a gesture in place of a PIN.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Disabled</b>: Only a PIN can be used as a gesture.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td rowspan="8">PIN Complexity</td>
|
||||
<td>Require digits</td>
|
||||
<td>Computer</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p><b>Not configured</b>: Users must include a digit in their PIN.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Enabled</b>: Users must include a digit in their PIN.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Disabled</b>: Users cannot use digits in their PIN.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Require lowercase letters</td>
|
||||
<td>Computer</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p><b>Not configured</b>: Users cannot use lowercase letters in their PIN.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Enabled</b>: Users must include at least one lowercase letter in their PIN.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Disabled</b>: Users cannot use lowercase letters in their PIN.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Maximum PIN length</td>
|
||||
<td>Computer</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p><b>Not configured</b>: PIN length must be less than or equal to 127.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Enabled</b>: PIN length must be less than or equal to the number you specify.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Disabled</b>: PIN length must be less than or equal to 127.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Minimum PIN length</td>
|
||||
<td>Computer</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p><b>Not configured</b>: PIN length must be greater than or equal to 4.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Enabled</b>: PIN length must be greater than or equal to the number you specify.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Disabled</b>: PIN length must be greater than or equal to 4.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Expiration</td>
|
||||
<td>Computer</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p><b>Not configured</b>: PIN does not expire.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Enabled</b>: PIN can be set to expire after any number of days between 1 and 730, or PIN can be set to never expire by setting policy to 0.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Disabled</b>: PIN does not expire.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>History</td>
|
||||
<td>Computer</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p><b>Not configured</b>: Previous PINs are not stored.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Enabled</b>: Specify the number of previous PINs that can be associated to a user account that can't be reused.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Disabled</b>: Previous PINs are not stored.</p>
|
||||
<div class="alert"><b>Note</b> Current PIN is included in PIN history.</div>
|
||||
<div> </div>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Require special characters</td>
|
||||
<td>Computer</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p><b>Not configured</b>: Users cannot include a special character in their PIN.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Enabled</b>: Users must include at least one special character in their PIN.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Disabled</b>: Users cannot include a special character in their PIN.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Require uppercase letters</td>
|
||||
<td>Computer</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p><b>Not configured</b>: Users cannot include an uppercase letter in their PIN.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Enabled</b>: Users must include at least one uppercase letter in their PIN.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>Disabled</b>: Users cannot include an uppercase letter in their PIN.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Phone Sign-in</td>
|
||||
<td>Use Phone Sign-in</td>
|
||||
<td>Computer</td>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>Not currently supported.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
### PIN Complexity
|
||||
|
||||
|Policy|Scope|Options|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|Require digits|Computer|<p><b>Not configured</b>: Users must include a digit in their PIN.<p><b>Enabled</b>: Users must include a digit in their PIN.<p><b>Disabled</b>: Users cannot use digits in their PIN.|
|
||||
|Require lowercase letters|Computer|<p><b>Not configured</b>: Users cannot use lowercase letters in their PIN<p><b>Enabled</b>: Users must include at least one lowercase letter in their PIN.<p><b>Disabled</b>: Users cannot use lowercase letters in their PIN.|
|
||||
|Maximum PIN length|Computer|<p><b>Not configured</b>: PIN length must be less than or equal to 127.<p><b>Enabled</b>: PIN length must be less than or equal to the number you specify.<p><b>Disabled</b>: PIN length must be less than or equal to 127.|
|
||||
|Minimum PIN length|Computer|<p><b>Not configured</b>: PIN length must be greater than or equal to 4.<p><b>Enabled</b>: PIN length must be greater than or equal to the number you specify.<p><b>Disabled</b>: PIN length must be greater than or equal to 4.|
|
||||
|Expiration|Computer|<p><b>Not configured</b>: PIN does not expire.<p><b>Enabled</b>: PIN can be set to expire after any number of days between 1 and 730, or PIN can be set to never expire by setting policy to 0.<p><b>Disabled</b>: PIN does not expire.|
|
||||
|History|Computer|<p><b>Not configured</b>: Previous PINs are not stored.<p><b>Enabled</b>: Specify the number of previous PINs that can be associated to a user account that can't be reused.<p><b>Disabled</b>: Previous PINs are not stored.<div class="alert"><b>Note</b> Current PIN is included in PIN history.</div>|
|
||||
|Require special characters|Computer|<p><b>Not configured</b>: Users cannot include a special character in their PIN<p><b>Enabled</b>: Users must include at least one special character in their PIN.<p><b>Disabled</b>: Users cannot include a special character in their PIN.|
|
||||
|Require uppercase letters|Computer|<p><b>Not configured</b>: Users cannot include an uppercase letter in their PIN.<p><b>Enabled</b>: Users must include at least one uppercase letter in their PIN.<p><b>Disabled</b>: Users cannot include an uppercase letter in their PIN.|
|
||||
|
||||
### Phone Sign-in
|
||||
|
||||
|Policy|Scope|Options|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|Use Phone Sign-in|Computer|Not currently supported.|
|
||||
|
||||
## MDM policy settings for Windows Hello for Business
|
||||
|
||||
@ -194,175 +75,38 @@ The following table lists the MDM policy settings that you can configure for Win
|
||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
>Starting in Windows 10, version 1607, all devices only have one PIN associated with Windows Hello for Business. This means that any PIN on a device will be subject to the policies specified in the PassportForWork CSP. The values specified take precedence over any complexity rules set via Exchange ActiveSync (EAS) or the DeviceLock CSP.
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<th colspan="2">Policy</th>
|
||||
<th>Scope</th>
|
||||
<th>Default</th>
|
||||
<th>Options</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>UsePassportForWork</td>
|
||||
<td></td>
|
||||
<td>Device or user</td>
|
||||
<td>True</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>True: Windows Hello for Business will be provisioned for all users on the device.</p>
|
||||
<p>False: Users will not be able to provision Windows Hello for Business. </p>
|
||||
<div class="alert"><b>Note</b> If Windows Hello for Business is enabled, and then the policy is changed to False, users who previously set up Windows Hello for Business can continue to use it, but will not be able to set up Windows Hello for Business on other devices.</div>
|
||||
<div> </div>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>RequireSecurityDevice</td>
|
||||
<td></td>
|
||||
<td>Device or user</td>
|
||||
<td>False</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>True: Windows Hello for Business will only be provisioned using TPM.</p>
|
||||
<p>False: Windows Hello for Business will be provisioned using TPM if available, and will be provisioned using software if TPM is not available.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>ExcludeSecurityDevice</td>
|
||||
<td>TPM12</td>
|
||||
<td>Device</td>
|
||||
<td>False</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>Added in Windows 10, version 1703</p>
|
||||
<p>True: TPM revision 1.2 modules will be disallowed from being used with Windows Hello for Business.</p>
|
||||
<p>False: TPM revision 1.2 modules will be allowed to be used with Windows Hello for Business.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>EnablePinRecovery</td>
|
||||
<td></td>
|
||||
<td>Device or user</td>
|
||||
<td>False</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>Added in Windows 10, version 1703</p>
|
||||
<p>True: Windows Hello for Business uses the Azure-based PIN recovery service for PIN reset.</p>
|
||||
<p>False: Windows Hello for Business does not create or store a PIN recovery secret. PIN reset does not use the Azure-based PIN recovery service.</p>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
|Policy|Scope|Default|Options|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|UsePassportForWork|Device or user|True|<p>True: Windows Hello for Business will be provisioned for all users on the device.<p>False: Users will not be able to provision Windows Hello for Business. <div class="alert"> **Note:** If Windows Hello for Business is enabled, and then the policy is changed to False, users who previously set up Windows Hello for Business can continue to use it, but will not be able to set up Windows Hello for Business on other devices</div>|
|
||||
|RequireSecurityDevice|Device or user|False|<p>True: Windows Hello for Business will only be provisioned using TPM.<p>False: Windows Hello for Business will be provisioned using TPM if available, and will be provisioned using software if TPM is not available.|
|
||||
|ExcludeSecurityDevice<p>TPM12|Device|False|Added in Windows 10, version 1703<p>True: TPM revision 1.2 modules will be disallowed from being used with Windows Hello for Business.<p>False: TPM revision 1.2 modules will be allowed to be used with Windows Hello for Business.|
|
||||
|EnablePinRecovery|Device or use|False|<p>Added in Windows 10, version 1703<p>True: Windows Hello for Business uses the Azure-based PIN recovery service for PIN reset.<p>False: Windows Hello for Business does not create or store a PIN recovery secret. PIN reset does not use the Azure-based PIN recovery service.For more information about using the PIN recovery service for PIN reset see [Windows Hello for Business PIN Reset](hello-feature-pin-reset.md).|
|
||||
|
||||
For more information about using the PIN recovery service for PIN reset see [Windows Hello for Business PIN Reset](hello-feature-pin-reset.md).
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td rowspan="2">Biometrics</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>UseBiometrics</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td>Device </td>
|
||||
<td>False</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>True: Biometrics can be used as a gesture in place of a PIN for domain sign-in.</p>
|
||||
<p>False: Only a PIN can be used as a gesture for domain sign-in.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>FacialFeaturesUser</p>
|
||||
<p>EnhancedAntiSpoofing</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td>Device</td>
|
||||
<td>Not configured</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>Not configured: users can choose whether to turn on enhanced anti-spoofing.</p>
|
||||
<p>True: Enhanced anti-spoofing is required on devices which support it.</p>
|
||||
<p>False: Users cannot turn on enhanced anti-spoofing.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td rowspan="9">PINComplexity</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Digits </td>
|
||||
<td>Device or user</td>
|
||||
<td>1 </td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>0: Digits are allowed. </p>
|
||||
<p>1: At least one digit is required.</p>
|
||||
<p>2: Digits are not allowed. </p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Lowercase letters </td>
|
||||
<td>Device or user</td>
|
||||
<td>2</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>0: Lowercase letters are allowed. </p>
|
||||
<p>1: At least one lowercase letter is required.</p>
|
||||
<p>2: Lowercase letters are not allowed. </p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Special characters</td>
|
||||
<td>Device or user</td>
|
||||
<td>2</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>0: Special characters are allowed. </p>
|
||||
<p>1: At least one special character is required. </p>
|
||||
<p>2: Special characters are not allowed.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Uppercase letters</td>
|
||||
<td>Device or user</td>
|
||||
<td>2</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>0: Uppercase letters are allowed. </p>
|
||||
<p>1: At least one uppercase letter is required.</p>
|
||||
<p>2: Uppercase letters are not allowed. </p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Maximum PIN length </td>
|
||||
<td>Device or user</td>
|
||||
<td>127 </td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>Maximum length that can be set is 127. Maximum length cannot be less than minimum setting.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Minimum PIN length</td>
|
||||
<td>Device or user</td>
|
||||
<td>4</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>Minimum length that can be set is 4. Minimum length cannot be greater than maximum setting.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Expiration </td>
|
||||
<td>Device or user</td>
|
||||
<td>0</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>Integer value specifies the period of time (in days) that a PIN can be used before the system requires the user to change it. The largest number you can configure for this policy setting is 730. The lowest number you can configure for this policy setting is 0. If this policy is set to 0, then the user's PIN will never expire.
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>History</td>
|
||||
<td>Device or user</td>
|
||||
<td>0</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>Integer value that specifies the number of past PINs that can be associated to a user account that can't be reused. The largest number you can configure for this policy setting is 50. The lowest number you can configure for this policy setting is 0. If this policy is set to 0, then storage of previous PINs is not required.
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Remote</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>UseRemotePassport</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td>Device or user</td>
|
||||
<td>False</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>Not currently supported.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
### Biometrics
|
||||
|
||||
|Policy|Scope|Default|Options|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|UseBiometrics|Device |False|<p>True: Biometrics can be used as a gesture in place of a PIN for domain sign-in.<p>False: Only a PIN can be used as a gesture for domain sign-in.|
|
||||
|<p>FacialFeaturesUser<p>EnhancedAntiSpoofing|Device|Not configured|<p>Not configured: users can choose whether to turn on enhanced anti-spoofing.<p>True: Enhanced anti-spoofing is required on devices which support it.<p>False: Users cannot turn on enhanced anti-spoofing.|
|
||||
|
||||
### PINComplexity
|
||||
|
||||
|Policy|Scope|Default|Options|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|Digits |Device or user|1 |<p>0: Digits are allowed. <p>1: At least one digit is required.<p>2: Digits are not allowed.|
|
||||
|Lowercase letters |Device or user|2|<p>0: Lowercase letters are allowed. <p>1: At least one lowercase letter is required.<p>2: Lowercase letters are not allowed.|
|
||||
|Special characters|Device or user|2|<p>0: Special characters are allowed. <p>1: At least one special character is required. <p>2: Special characters are not allowed.|
|
||||
|Uppercase letters|Device or user|2|<p>0: Uppercase letters are allowed. <p>1: At least one uppercase letter is required.<p>2: Uppercase letters are not allowed.|
|
||||
|Maximum PIN length |Device or user|127 |<p>Maximum length that can be set is 127. Maximum length cannot be less than minimum setting.|
|
||||
|Minimum PIN length|Device or user|4|<p>Minimum length that can be set is 4. Minimum length cannot be greater than maximum setting.|
|
||||
|Expiration |Device or user|0|<p>Integer value specifies the period of time (in days) that a PIN can be used before the system requires the user to change it. The largest number you can configure for this policy setting is 730. The lowest number you can configure for this policy setting is 0. If this policy is set to 0, then the user's PIN will never expire.|
|
||||
|History|Device or user|0|<p>Integer value that specifies the number of past PINs that can be associated to a user account that can't be reused. The largest number you can configure for this policy setting is 50. The lowest number you can configure for this policy setting is 0. If this policy is set to 0, then storage of previous PINs is not required.|
|
||||
|
||||
### Remote
|
||||
|
||||
|Policy|Scope|Default|Options|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|UseRemotePassport|Device or user|False|Not currently supported.|
|
||||
|
||||
>[!NOTE]
|
||||
> In Windows 10, version 1709 and later, if policy is not configured to explicitly require letters or special characters, users can optionally set an alphanumeric PIN. Prior to version 1709 the user is required to set a numeric PIN.
|
||||
@ -379,7 +123,7 @@ All PIN complexity policies, are grouped separately from feature enablement and
|
||||
|
||||
>[!NOTE]
|
||||
> Windows Hello for Business policy conflict resolution logic does not respect the ControlPolicyConflict/MDMWinsOverGP policy in the Policy CSP.
|
||||
|
||||
>
|
||||
><b>Examples</b>
|
||||
>
|
||||
>The following are configured using computer Group Policy:
|
||||
|
@ -107,169 +107,35 @@ The following diagram details the UAC architecture.
|
||||
|
||||
To better understand each component, review the table below:
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<th>Component</th>
|
||||
<th>Description</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<th colspan="2">User</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>User performs operation requiring privilege</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>If the operation changes the file system or registry, Virtualization is called. All other operations call ShellExecute.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>ShellExecute</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>ShellExecute calls CreateProcess. ShellExecute looks for the ERROR_ELEVATION_REQUIRED error from CreateProcess. If it receives the error, ShellExecute calls the Application Information service to attempt to perform the requested task with the elevated prompt.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>CreateProcess</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>If the application requires elevation, CreateProcess rejects the call with ERROR_ELEVATION_REQUIRED.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<th colspan="2">System</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>Application Information service</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>A system service that helps start apps that require one or more elevated privileges or user rights to run, such as local administrative tasks, and apps that require higher integrity levels. The Application Information service helps start such apps by creating a new process for the application with an administrative user's full access token when elevation is required and (depending on Group Policy) consent is given by the user to do so.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>Elevating an ActiveX install</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>If ActiveX is not installed, the system checks the UAC slider level. If ActiveX is installed, the <b>User Account Control: Switch to the secure desktop when prompting for elevation</b> Group Policy setting is checked.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>Check UAC slider level</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>UAC has a slider to select from four levels of notification.</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p><b>Always notify</b> will:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Notify you when programs try to install software or make changes to your computer.</li>
|
||||
<li>Notify you when you make changes to Windows settings.</li>
|
||||
<li>Freeze other tasks until you respond.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p>Recommended if you often install new software or visit unfamiliar websites.</p><br>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li><p><b>Notify me only when programs try to make changes to my computer</b> will:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Notify you when programs try to install software or make changes to your computer.</li>
|
||||
<li>Not notify you when you make changes to Windows settings.</li>
|
||||
<li>Freeze other tasks until you respond.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p>Recommended if you do not often install apps or visit unfamiliar websites.</p><br>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li><p><b>Notify me only when programs try to make changes to my computer (do not dim my desktop)</b> will:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Notify you when programs try to install software or make changes to your computer.</li>
|
||||
<li>Not notify you when you make changes to Windows settings.</li>
|
||||
<li>Not freeze other tasks until you respond.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p>Not recommended. Choose this only if it takes a long time to dim the desktop on your computer.</p><br>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li><p><b>Never notify (Disable UAC prompts)</b> will:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Not notify you when programs try to install software or make changes to your computer.</li>
|
||||
<li>Not notify you when you make changes to Windows settings.</li>
|
||||
<li>Not freeze other tasks until you respond.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p>Not recommended due to security concerns.</p>
|
||||
</li></ul>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>Secure desktop enabled</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>The <b>User Account Control: Switch to the secure desktop when prompting for elevation</b> policy setting is checked: </p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
<p>If the secure desktop is enabled, all elevation requests go to the secure desktop regardless of prompt behavior policy settings for administrators and standard users.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
<p>If the secure desktop is not enabled, all elevation requests go to the interactive user's desktop, and the per-user settings for administrators and standard users are used.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>CreateProcess</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>CreateProcess calls AppCompat, Fusion, and Installer detection to assess if the app requires elevation. The file is then inspected to determine its requested execution level, which is stored in the application manifest for the file. CreateProcess fails if the requested execution level specified in the manifest does not match the access token and returns an error (ERROR_ELEVATION_REQUIRED) to ShellExecute.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>AppCompat</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>The AppCompat database stores information in the application compatibility fix entries for an application.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>Fusion</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>The Fusion database stores information from application manifests that describe the applications. The manifest schema is updated to add a new requested execution level field.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>Installer detection</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>Installer detection detects setup files, which helps prevent installations from being run without the user's knowledge and consent.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<th colspan="2">Kernel</th>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>Virtualization</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>Virtualization technology ensures that non-compliant apps do not silently fail to run or fail in a way that the cause cannot be determined. UAC also provides file and registry virtualization and logging for applications that write to protected areas.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>File system and registry</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<p>The per-user file and registry virtualization redirects per-computer registry and file write requests to equivalent per-user locations. Read requests are redirected to the virtualized per-user location first and to the per-computer location second.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
### User
|
||||
|
||||
|Component|Description|
|
||||
|--- |--- |
|
||||
|<p>User performs operation requiring privilege|<p>If the operation changes the file system or registry, Virtualization is called. All other operations call ShellExecute.|
|
||||
|<p>ShellExecute|<p>ShellExecute calls CreateProcess. ShellExecute looks for the ERROR_ELEVATION_REQUIRED error from CreateProcess. If it receives the error, ShellExecute calls the Application Information service to attempt to perform the requested task with the elevated prompt.|
|
||||
|<p>CreateProcess|<p>If the application requires elevation, CreateProcess rejects the call with ERROR_ELEVATION_REQUIRED.|
|
||||
|
||||
### System
|
||||
|
||||
|Component|Description|
|
||||
|--- |--- |
|
||||
|<p>Application Information service|<p>A system service that helps start apps that require one or more elevated privileges or user rights to run, such as local administrative tasks, and apps that require higher integrity levels. The Application Information service helps start such apps by creating a new process for the application with an administrative user's full access token when elevation is required and (depending on Group Policy) consent is given by the user to do so.|
|
||||
|<p>Elevating an ActiveX install|<p>If ActiveX is not installed, the system checks the UAC slider level. If ActiveX is installed, the **User Account Control: Switch to the secure desktop when prompting for elevation** Group Policy setting is checked.|
|
||||
|<p>Check UAC slider level|<p>UAC has a slider to select from four levels of notification.<ul><li><p>**Always notify** will:<ul><li>Notify you when programs try to install software or make changes to your computer.</li><li>Notify you when you make changes to Windows settings.</li><li>Freeze other tasks until you respond.</li></ul><p>Recommended if you often install new software or visit unfamiliar websites.<br></li><li><p>**Notify me only when programs try to make changes to my computer** will:<ul><li>Notify you when programs try to install software or make changes to your computer.</li><li>Not notify you when you make changes to Windows settings.</li><li>Freeze other tasks until you respond.</li></ul><p>Recommended if you do not often install apps or visit unfamiliar websites.<br></li><li><p>**Notify me only when programs try to make changes to my computer (do not dim my desktop)** will:<ul><li>Notify you when programs try to install software or make changes to your computer.</li><li>Not notify you when you make changes to Windows settings.</li><li>Not freeze other tasks until you respond.</li></ul><p>Not recommended. Choose this only if it takes a long time to dim the desktop on your computer.<br></li><li><p>**Never notify (Disable UAC prompts)** will:<ul><li>Not notify you when programs try to install software or make changes to your computer.</li><li>Not notify you when you make changes to Windows settings.</li><li>Not freeze other tasks until you respond.</li></ul><p>Not recommended due to security concerns.|
|
||||
|<p>Secure desktop enabled|<p>The **User Account Control: Switch to the secure desktop when prompting for elevation** policy setting is checked: <ul><li><p>If the secure desktop is enabled, all elevation requests go to the secure desktop regardless of prompt behavior policy settings for administrators and standard users.</li><li><p>If the secure desktop is not enabled, all elevation requests go to the interactive user's desktop, and the per-user settings for administrators and standard users are used.|
|
||||
|<p>CreateProcess|<p>CreateProcess calls AppCompat, Fusion, and Installer detection to assess if the app requires elevation. The file is then inspected to determine its requested execution level, which is stored in the application manifest for the file. CreateProcess fails if the requested execution level specified in the manifest does not match the access token and returns an error (ERROR_ELEVATION_REQUIRED) to ShellExecute.|
|
||||
|<p>AppCompat|<p>The AppCompat database stores information in the application compatibility fix entries for an application.|
|
||||
|<p>Fusion|<p>The Fusion database stores information from application manifests that describe the applications. The manifest schema is updated to add a new requested execution level field.|
|
||||
|<p>Installer detection|<p>Installer detection detects setup files, which helps prevent installations from being run without the user's knowledge and consent.|
|
||||
|
||||
### Kernel
|
||||
|
||||
|Component|Description|
|
||||
|--- |--- |
|
||||
|<p>Virtualization|<p>Virtualization technology ensures that non-compliant apps do not silently fail to run or fail in a way that the cause cannot be determined. UAC also provides file and registry virtualization and logging for applications that write to protected areas.|
|
||||
|<p>File system and registry|<p>The per-user file and registry virtualization redirects per-computer registry and file write requests to equivalent per-user locations. Read requests are redirected to the virtualized per-user location first and to the per-computer location second.|
|
||||
|
||||
The slider will never turn UAC completely off. If you set it to <b>Never notify</b>, it will:
|
||||
The slider will never turn UAC completely off. If you set it to **Never notify**, it will:
|
||||
|
||||
- Keep the UAC service running.
|
||||
- Cause all elevation request initiated by administrators to be auto-approved without showing a UAC prompt.
|
||||
|
@ -23,15 +23,54 @@ In addition to older and less-secure password-based authentication methods (whic
|
||||
|
||||
Windows supports a number of EAP authentication methods.
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<thead><tr><th>Method</th><th>Details</th></thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr><td>EAP-Microsoft Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol version 2 (EAP-MSCHAPv2)</td><td><ul><li>User name and password authentication</li><li>Winlogon credentials - can specify authentication with computer sign-in credentials</li></ul></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>EAP-Transport Layer Security (EAP-TLS) </td><td><ul><li>Supports the following types of certificate authentication<ul><li>Certificate with keys in the software Key Storage Provider (KSP)</li><li>Certificate with keys in Trusted Platform Module (TPM) KSP</li><li>Smart card certificates</li><li>Windows Hello for Business certificate</li></ul></li><li>Certificate filtering<ul><li>Certificate filtering can be enabled to search for a particular certificate to use to authenticate with</li><li>Filtering can be Issuer-based or Enhanced Key Usage (EKU)-based</li></ul></li><li>Server validation - with TLS, server validation can be toggled on or off<ul><li>Server name - specify the server to validate</li><li>Server certificate - trusted root certificate to validate the server</li><li>Notification - specify if the user should get a notification asking whether to trust the server or not</li></ul></li></ul></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><a href="/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc754179(v=ws.11)">Protected Extensible Authentication Protocol (PEAP)</a></td><td><ul><li>Server validation - with PEAP, server validation can be toggled on or off<ul><li>Server name - specify the server to validate</li><li>Server certificate - trusted root certificate to validate the server</li><li>Notification - specify if the user should get a notification asking whether to trust the server or not</li></ul></li><li>Inner method - the outer method creates a secure tunnel inside while the inner method is used to complete the authentication<ul><li>EAP-MSCHAPv2</li><li>EAP-TLS</li></ul><li>Fast Reconnect: reduces the delay between an authentication request by a client and the response by the Network Policy Server (NPS) or other Remote Authentication Dial-in User Service (RADIUS) server. This reduces resource requirements for both client and server, and minimizes the number of times that users are prompted for credentials.<li><a href="/openspecs/windows_protocols/ms-peap/757a16c7-0826-4ba9-bb71-8c3f1339e937">Cryptobinding</a>: By deriving and exchanging values from the PEAP phase 1 key material (<b>Tunnel Key</b>) and from the PEAP phase 2 inner EAP method key material (<b>Inner Session Key</b>), it is possible to prove that the two authentications terminate at the same two entities (PEAP peer and PEAP server). This process, termed "cryptobinding", is used to protect the PEAP negotiation against "Man in the Middle" attacks.</li></li></ul></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Tunneled Transport Layer Security (TTLS)</td><td><ul><li>Inner method<ul><li>Non-EAP<ul><li>Password Authentication Protocol (PAP)</li><li>CHAP</li><li>MSCHAP</li><li>MSCHAPv2</li></ul></li><li>EAP<ul><li>MSCHAPv2</li><li>TLS</li></ul></li></ul></li><li>Server validation: in TTLS, the server must be validated. The following can be configured:<ul><li>Server name</li><li>Trusted root certificate for server certificate</li><li>Whether there should be a server validation notification</li></ul></li></ul></td></tr></tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
</br>
|
||||
- EAP-Microsoft Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol version 2 (EAP-MSCHAPv2):
|
||||
- User name and password authentication
|
||||
- Winlogon credentials - can specify authentication with computer sign-in credentials
|
||||
|
||||
- EAP-Transport Layer Security (EAP-TLS):
|
||||
- Supports the following types of certificate authentication:
|
||||
- Certificate with keys in the software Key Storage Provider (KSP)
|
||||
- Certificate with keys in Trusted Platform Module (TPM) KSP
|
||||
- Smart card certificates
|
||||
- Windows Hello for Business certificate
|
||||
|
||||
- Certificate filtering:
|
||||
- Certificate filtering can be enabled to search for a particular certificate to use to authenticate with
|
||||
- Filtering can be Issuer-based or Enhanced Key Usage (EKU)-based
|
||||
|
||||
- Server validation - with TLS, server validation can be toggled on or off:
|
||||
- Server name - specify the server to validate
|
||||
- Server certificate - trusted root certificate to validate the server
|
||||
- Notification - specify if the user should get a notification asking whether to trust the server or not
|
||||
|
||||
- [Protected Extensible Authentication Protocol (PEAP)](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc754179(v=ws.11)):
|
||||
- Server validation - with PEAP, server validation can be toggled on or off:
|
||||
- Server name - specify the server to validate
|
||||
- Server certificate - trusted root certificate to validate the server
|
||||
- Notification - specify if the user should get a notification asking whether to trust the server or not
|
||||
|
||||
- Inner method - the outer method creates a secure tunnel inside while the inner method is used to complete the authentication:
|
||||
- EAP-MSCHAPv2
|
||||
- EAP-TLS
|
||||
|
||||
- Fast Reconnect: reduces the delay between an authentication request by a client and the response by the Network Policy Server (NPS) or other Remote Authentication Dial-in User Service (RADIUS) server. This reduces resource requirements for both client and server, and minimizes the number of times that users are prompted for credentials.
|
||||
|
||||
- [Cryptobinding](/openspecs/windows_protocols/ms-peap/757a16c7-0826-4ba9-bb71-8c3f1339e937): By deriving and exchanging values from the PEAP phase 1 key material (**Tunnel Key**) and from the PEAP phase 2 inner EAP method key material (**Inner Session Key**), it is possible to prove that the two authentications terminate at the same two entities (PEAP peer and PEAP server). This process, termed "cryptobinding", is used to protect the PEAP negotiation against "Man in the Middle" attacks.
|
||||
|
||||
- Tunneled Transport Layer Security (TTLS)
|
||||
- Inner method
|
||||
- Non-EAP
|
||||
- Password Authentication Protocol (PAP)
|
||||
- CHAP
|
||||
- MSCHAP
|
||||
- MSCHAPv2
|
||||
- EAP
|
||||
- MSCHAPv2
|
||||
- TLS
|
||||
- Server validation: in TTLS, the server must be validated. The following can be configured:
|
||||
- Server name
|
||||
- Trusted root certificate for server certificate
|
||||
- Whether there should be a server validation notification
|
||||
|
||||
For a UWP VPN plug-in, the app vendor controls the authentication method to be used. The following credential types can be used:
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -185,132 +185,20 @@ manage-bde -on C:
|
||||
|
||||
Windows PowerShell cmdlets provide an alternative way to work with BitLocker. Using Windows PowerShell's scripting capabilities, administrators can integrate BitLocker options into existing scripts with ease. The list below displays the available BitLocker cmdlets.
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="50%" />
|
||||
<col width="50%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Name</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Parameters</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><strong>Add-BitLockerKeyProtector</strong></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>-ADAccountOrGroup</p>
|
||||
<p>-ADAccountOrGroupProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-Confirm</p>
|
||||
<p>-MountPoint</p>
|
||||
<p>-Password</p>
|
||||
<p>-PasswordProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-Pin</p>
|
||||
<p>-RecoveryKeyPath</p>
|
||||
<p>-RecoveryKeyProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-RecoveryPassword</p>
|
||||
<p>-RecoveryPasswordProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-Service</p>
|
||||
<p>-StartupKeyPath</p>
|
||||
<p>-StartupKeyProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-TpmAndPinAndStartupKeyProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-TpmAndPinProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-TpmAndStartupKeyProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-TpmProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-WhatIf</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><strong>Backup-BitLockerKeyProtector</strong></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>-Confirm</p>
|
||||
<p>-KeyProtectorId</p>
|
||||
<p>-MountPoint</p>
|
||||
<p>-WhatIf</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><strong>Disable-BitLocker</strong></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>-Confirm</p>
|
||||
<p>-MountPoint</p>
|
||||
<p>-WhatIf</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><strong>Disable-BitLockerAutoUnlock</strong></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>-Confirm</p>
|
||||
<p>-MountPoint</p>
|
||||
<p>-WhatIf</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><strong>Enable-BitLocker</strong></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>-AdAccountOrGroup</p>
|
||||
<p>-AdAccountOrGroupProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-Confirm</p>
|
||||
<p>-EncryptionMethod</p>
|
||||
<p>-HardwareEncryption</p>
|
||||
<p>-Password</p>
|
||||
<p>-PasswordProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-Pin</p>
|
||||
<p>-RecoveryKeyPath</p>
|
||||
<p>-RecoveryKeyProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-RecoveryPassword</p>
|
||||
<p>-RecoveryPasswordProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-Service</p>
|
||||
<p>-SkipHardwareTest</p>
|
||||
<p>-StartupKeyPath</p>
|
||||
<p>-StartupKeyProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-TpmAndPinAndStartupKeyProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-TpmAndPinProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-TpmAndStartupKeyProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-TpmProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-UsedSpaceOnly</p>
|
||||
<p>-WhatIf</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><strong>Enable-BitLockerAutoUnlock</strong></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>-Confirm</p>
|
||||
<p>-MountPoint</p>
|
||||
<p>-WhatIf</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><strong>Get-BitLockerVolume</strong></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>-MountPoint</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><strong>Lock-BitLocker</strong></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>-Confirm</p>
|
||||
<p>-ForceDismount</p>
|
||||
<p>-MountPoint</p>
|
||||
<p>-WhatIf</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><strong>Remove-BitLockerKeyProtector</strong></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>-Confirm</p>
|
||||
<p>-KeyProtectorId</p>
|
||||
<p>-MountPoint</p>
|
||||
<p>-WhatIf</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><strong>Resume-BitLocker</strong></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>-Confirm</p>
|
||||
<p>-MountPoint</p>
|
||||
<p>-WhatIf</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><strong>Suspend-BitLocker</strong></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>-Confirm</p>
|
||||
<p>-MountPoint</p>
|
||||
<p>-RebootCount</p>
|
||||
<p>-WhatIf</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><strong>Unlock-BitLocker</strong></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>-AdAccountOrGroup</p>
|
||||
<p>-Confirm</p>
|
||||
<p>-MountPoint</p>
|
||||
<p>-Password</p>
|
||||
<p>-RecoveryKeyPath</p>
|
||||
<p>-RecoveryPassword</p>
|
||||
<p>-RecoveryPassword</p>
|
||||
<p>-WhatIf</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|Name|Parameters|
|
||||
|--- |--- |
|
||||
|**Add-BitLockerKeyProtector**|<li>ADAccountOrGroup<li>ADAccountOrGroupProtector<li>Confirm<li>MountPoint<li>Password<li>PasswordProtector<li>Pin<li>RecoveryKeyPath<li>RecoveryKeyProtector<li>RecoveryPassword<li>RecoveryPasswordProtector<li>Service<li>StartupKeyPath<li>StartupKeyProtector<li>TpmAndPinAndStartupKeyProtector<li>TpmAndPinProtector<li>TpmAndStartupKeyProtector<li>TpmProtector<li>WhatIf|
|
||||
|**Backup-BitLockerKeyProtector**|<li>Confirm<li>KeyProtectorId<li>MountPoint<li>WhatIf|
|
||||
|**Disable-BitLocker**|<li>Confirm<li>MountPoint<li>WhatIf|
|
||||
|**Disable-BitLockerAutoUnlock**|<li>Confirm<li>MountPoint<li>WhatIf|
|
||||
|**Enable-BitLocker**|<li>AdAccountOrGroup<li>AdAccountOrGroupProtector<li>Confirm<li>EncryptionMethod<li>HardwareEncryption<li>Password<li>PasswordProtector<li>Pin<li>RecoveryKeyPath<li>RecoveryKeyProtector<li>RecoveryPassword<li>RecoveryPasswordProtector<li>Service<li>SkipHardwareTest<li>StartupKeyPath<li>StartupKeyProtector<li>TpmAndPinAndStartupKeyProtector<li>TpmAndPinProtector<li>TpmAndStartupKeyProtector<li>TpmProtector<li>UsedSpaceOnly<li>WhatIf|
|
||||
|**Enable-BitLockerAutoUnlock**|<li>Confirm<li>MountPoint<li>WhatIf|
|
||||
|**Get-BitLockerVolume**|<li>MountPoint|
|
||||
|**Lock-BitLocker**|<li>Confirm<li>ForceDismount<li>MountPoint<li>WhatIf|
|
||||
|**Remove-BitLockerKeyProtector**|<li>Confirm<li>KeyProtectorId<li>MountPoint<li>WhatIf|
|
||||
|**Resume-BitLocker**|<li>Confirm<li>MountPoint<li>WhatIf|
|
||||
|**Suspend-BitLocker**|<li>Confirm<li>MountPoint<li>RebootCount<li>WhatIf|
|
||||
|**Unlock-BitLocker**|<li>AdAccountOrGroup<li>Confirm<li>MountPoint<li>Password<li>RecoveryKeyPath<li>RecoveryPassword<li>RecoveryPassword<li>WhatIf|
|
||||
|
||||
Similar to manage-bde, the Windows PowerShell cmdlets allow configuration beyond the options offered in the control panel. As with manage-bde, users need to consider the specific needs of the volume they are encrypting prior to running Windows PowerShell cmdlets.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -142,6 +142,6 @@ Part of the Microsoft Desktop Optimization Pack, MBAM makes it easier to manage
|
||||
* Enforces the BitLocker encryption policy options that you set for your enterprise.
|
||||
* Integrates with existing management tools, such as Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager.
|
||||
* Offers an IT-customizable recovery user experience.
|
||||
* Supports Windows 11 and Windows 10.
|
||||
* Supports Windows 10.
|
||||
|
||||
For more information about MBAM, including how to obtain it, see [Microsoft BitLocker Administration and Monitoring](/microsoft-desktop-optimization-pack/) on the MDOP TechCenter.
|
||||
For more information about MBAM, including how to obtain it, see [Microsoft BitLocker Administration and Monitoring](/microsoft-desktop-optimization-pack/) on the MDOP TechCenter.
|
||||
|
@ -129,134 +129,20 @@ For more information about using repair-bde, see [Repair-bde](/previous-versions
|
||||
|
||||
Windows PowerShell cmdlets provide a new way for administrators to use when working with BitLocker. Using Windows PowerShell's scripting capabilities, administrators can integrate BitLocker options into existing scripts with ease. The list below displays the available BitLocker cmdlets.
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="50%" />
|
||||
<col width="50%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th><p>Name</p></th>
|
||||
<th><p>Parameters</p></th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>Add-BitLockerKeyProtector</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>-ADAccountOrGroup</p>
|
||||
<p>-ADAccountOrGroupProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-Confirm</p>
|
||||
<p>-MountPoint</p>
|
||||
<p>-Password</p>
|
||||
<p>-PasswordProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-Pin</p>
|
||||
<p>-RecoveryKeyPath</p>
|
||||
<p>-RecoveryKeyProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-RecoveryPassword</p>
|
||||
<p>-RecoveryPasswordProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-Service</p>
|
||||
<p>-StartupKeyPath</p>
|
||||
<p>-StartupKeyProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-TpmAndPinAndStartupKeyProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-TpmAndPinProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-TpmAndStartupKeyProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-TpmProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-WhatIf</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>Backup-BitLockerKeyProtector</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>-Confirm</p>
|
||||
<p>-KeyProtectorId</p>
|
||||
<p>-MountPoint</p>
|
||||
<p>-WhatIf</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>Disable-BitLocker</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>-Confirm</p>
|
||||
<p>-MountPoint</p>
|
||||
<p>-WhatIf</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>Disable-BitLockerAutoUnlock</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>-Confirm</p>
|
||||
<p>-MountPoint</p>
|
||||
<p>-WhatIf</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>Enable-BitLocker</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>-AdAccountOrGroup</p>
|
||||
<p>-AdAccountOrGroupProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-Confirm</p>
|
||||
<p>-EncryptionMethod</p>
|
||||
<p>-HardwareEncryption</p>
|
||||
<p>-Password</p>
|
||||
<p>-PasswordProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-Pin</p>
|
||||
<p>-RecoveryKeyPath</p>
|
||||
<p>-RecoveryKeyProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-RecoveryPassword</p>
|
||||
<p>-RecoveryPasswordProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-Service</p>
|
||||
<p>-SkipHardwareTest</p>
|
||||
<p>-StartupKeyPath</p>
|
||||
<p>-StartupKeyProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-TpmAndPinAndStartupKeyProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-TpmAndPinProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-TpmAndStartupKeyProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-TpmProtector</p>
|
||||
<p>-UsedSpaceOnly</p>
|
||||
<p>-WhatIf</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>Enable-BitLockerAutoUnlock</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>-Confirm</p>
|
||||
<p>-MountPoint</p>
|
||||
<p>-WhatIf</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>Get-BitLockerVolume</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>-MountPoint</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>Lock-BitLocker</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>-Confirm</p>
|
||||
<p>-ForceDismount</p>
|
||||
<p>-MountPoint</p>
|
||||
<p>-WhatIf</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>Remove-BitLockerKeyProtector</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>-Confirm</p>
|
||||
<p>-KeyProtectorId</p>
|
||||
<p>-MountPoint</p>
|
||||
<p>-WhatIf</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>Resume-BitLocker</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>-Confirm</p>
|
||||
<p>-MountPoint</p>
|
||||
<p>-WhatIf</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>Suspend-BitLocker</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>-Confirm</p>
|
||||
<p>-MountPoint</p>
|
||||
<p>-RebootCount</p>
|
||||
<p>-WhatIf</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>Unlock-BitLocker</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>-AdAccountOrGroup</p>
|
||||
<p>-Confirm</p>
|
||||
<p>-MountPoint</p>
|
||||
<p>-Password</p>
|
||||
<p>-RecoveryKeyPath</p>
|
||||
<p>-RecoveryPassword</p>
|
||||
<p>-RecoveryPassword</p>
|
||||
<p>-WhatIf</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|Name|Parameters|
|
||||
|--- |--- |
|
||||
|**Add-BitLockerKeyProtector**|<li>ADAccountOrGroup<li>ADAccountOrGroupProtector<li>Confirm<li>MountPoint<li>Password<li>PasswordProtector<li>Pin<li>RecoveryKeyPath<li>RecoveryKeyProtector<li>RecoveryPassword<li>RecoveryPasswordProtector<li>Service<li>StartupKeyPath<li>StartupKeyProtector<li>TpmAndPinAndStartupKeyProtector<li>TpmAndPinProtector<li>TpmAndStartupKeyProtector<li>TpmProtector<li>WhatIf|
|
||||
|**Backup-BitLockerKeyProtector**|<li>Confirm<li>KeyProtectorId<li>MountPoint<li>WhatIf|
|
||||
|**Disable-BitLocker**|<li>Confirm<li>MountPoint<li>WhatIf|
|
||||
|**Disable-BitLockerAutoUnlock**|<li>Confirm<li>MountPoint<li>WhatIf|
|
||||
|**Enable-BitLocker**|<li>AdAccountOrGroup<li>AdAccountOrGroupProtector<li>Confirm<li>EncryptionMethod<li>HardwareEncryption<li>Password<li>PasswordProtector<li>Pin<li>RecoveryKeyPath<li>RecoveryKeyProtector<li>RecoveryPassword<li>RecoveryPasswordProtector<li>Service<li>SkipHardwareTest<li>StartupKeyPath<li>StartupKeyProtector<li>TpmAndPinAndStartupKeyProtector<li>TpmAndPinProtector<li>TpmAndStartupKeyProtector<li>TpmProtector<li>UsedSpaceOnly<li>WhatIf|
|
||||
|**Enable-BitLockerAutoUnlock**|<li>Confirm<li>MountPoint<li>WhatIf|
|
||||
|**Get-BitLockerVolume**|<li>MountPoint|
|
||||
|**Lock-BitLocker**|<li>Confirm<li>ForceDismount<li>MountPoint<li>WhatIf|
|
||||
|**Remove-BitLockerKeyProtector**|<li>Confirm<li>KeyProtectorId<li>MountPoint<li>WhatIf|
|
||||
|**Resume-BitLocker**|<li>Confirm<li>MountPoint<li>WhatIf|
|
||||
|**Suspend-BitLocker**|<li>Confirm<li>MountPoint<li>RebootCount<li>WhatIf|
|
||||
|**Unlock-BitLocker**|<li>AdAccountOrGroup<li>Confirm<li>MountPoint<li>Password<li>RecoveryKeyPath<li>RecoveryPassword<li>RecoveryPassword<li>WhatIf|
|
||||
|
||||
Similar to manage-bde, the Windows PowerShell cmdlets allow configuration beyond the options offered in the control panel. As with manage-bde, users need to consider the specific needs of the volume they are encrypting prior to running Windows PowerShell cmdlets.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -33,14 +33,16 @@ BitLocker can protect both physical disk resources and cluster shared volumes ve
|
||||
|
||||
BitLocker on volumes within a cluster are managed based on how the cluster service "views" the volume to be protected. The volume can be a physical disk resource such as a logical unit number (LUN) on a storage area network (SAN) or network attached storage (NAS).
|
||||
|
||||
>**Important** SANs used with BitLocker must have obtained Windows Hardware Certification. For more info, see [Windows Hardware Lab Kit](/windows-hardware/drivers/).
|
||||
> [!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
> SANs used with BitLocker must have obtained Windows Hardware Certification. For more info, see [Windows Hardware Lab Kit](/windows-hardware/drivers/).
|
||||
|
||||
Alternatively, the volume can be a cluster-shared volume, a shared namespace, within the cluster. Windows Server 2012 expanded the CSV architecture, now known as CSV2.0, to enable support for BitLocker. When using BitLocker with volumes designated for a cluster, the volume will need to turn on
|
||||
BitLocker before its addition to the storage pool within cluster or put the resource into maintenance mode before BitLocker operations will complete.
|
||||
|
||||
Windows PowerShell or the manage-bde command-line interface is the preferred method to manage BitLocker on CSV2.0 volumes. This method is recommended over the BitLocker Control Panel item because CSV2.0 volumes are mount points. Mount points are an NTFS object that is used to provide an entry point to other volumes. Mount points do not require the use of a drive letter. Volumes that lack drive letters do not appear in the BitLocker Control Panel item. Additionally, the new Active Directory-based protector option required for cluster disk resource or CSV2.0 resources is not available in the Control Panel item.
|
||||
|
||||
>**Note:** Mount points can be used to support remote mount points on SMB based network shares. This type of share is not supported for BitLocker encryption.
|
||||
> [!NOTE]
|
||||
> Mount points can be used to support remote mount points on SMB based network shares. This type of share is not supported for BitLocker encryption.
|
||||
|
||||
For thinly provisioned storage, such as a Dynamic Virtual Hard Disk (VHD), BitLocker runs in Used Disk Space Only encryption mode. You cannot use the **manage-bde -WipeFreeSpace** command to transition the volume to full-volume encryption on these types of volumes. This action is blocked in order to avoid expanding thinly provisioned volumes to occupy the entire backing store while wiping the unoccupied (free) space.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -57,14 +59,17 @@ You can also use an Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) protector for prote
|
||||
|
||||
4. Registry-based auto-unlock key
|
||||
|
||||
>**Note:** A Windows Server 2012 or later domain controller is required for this feature to work properly.
|
||||
> [!NOTE]
|
||||
> A Windows Server 2012 or later domain controller is required for this feature to work properly.
|
||||
|
||||
### Turning on BitLocker before adding disks to a cluster using Windows PowerShell
|
||||
|
||||
BitLocker encryption is available for disks before or after addition to a cluster storage pool. The advantage of encrypting volumes prior to adding them to a cluster is that the disk resource does not require suspending the resource to complete the operation. To turn on BitLocker for a disk before adding it to a cluster:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Install the BitLocker Drive Encryption feature if it is not already installed.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Ensure the disk is formatted NTFS and has a drive letter assigned to it.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Identify the name of the cluster with Windows PowerShell.
|
||||
|
||||
```powershell
|
||||
@ -77,9 +82,11 @@ BitLocker encryption is available for disks before or after addition to a cluste
|
||||
Enable-BitLocker E: -ADAccountOrGroupProtector -ADAccountOrGroup CLUSTER$
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
>**Warning:** You must configure an **ADAccountOrGroup** protector using the cluster CNO for a BitLocker enabled volume to either be shared in a Cluster Shared Volume or to fail over properly in a traditional failover cluster.
|
||||
> [!WARNING]
|
||||
> You must configure an **ADAccountOrGroup** protector using the cluster CNO for a BitLocker enabled volume to either be shared in a Cluster Shared Volume or to fail over properly in a traditional failover cluster.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Repeat the preceding steps for each disk in the cluster.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Add the volume(s) to the cluster.
|
||||
|
||||
### Turning on BitLocker for a clustered disk using Windows PowerShell
|
||||
@ -110,7 +117,9 @@ When the cluster service owns a disk resource already, it needs to be set into m
|
||||
```powershell
|
||||
Enable-BitLocker E: -ADAccountOrGroupProtector -ADAccountOrGroup CLUSTER$
|
||||
```
|
||||
>**Warning:** You must configure an **ADAccountOrGroup** protector using the cluster CNO for a BitLocker enabled volume to either be shared in a Cluster Shared Volume or to fail over properly in a traditional failover cluster.
|
||||
|
||||
> [!WARNING]
|
||||
> You must configure an **ADAccountOrGroup** protector using the cluster CNO for a BitLocker enabled volume to either be shared in a Cluster Shared Volume or to fail over properly in a traditional failover cluster.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Use **Resume-ClusterResource** to take the physical disk resource back out of maintenance mode:
|
||||
|
||||
@ -160,110 +169,23 @@ Unlike CSV2.0 volumes, physical disk resources can only be accessed by one clust
|
||||
|
||||
The following table contains information about both Physical Disk Resources (that is, traditional failover cluster volumes) and Cluster Shared Volumes (CSV) and the actions that are allowed by BitLocker in each situation.
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>Action</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>On owner node of failover volume</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>On Metadata Server (MDS) of CSV</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>On (Data Server) DS of CSV</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>Maintenance Mode</b></p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>Manage-bde –on</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Blocked</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Blocked</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Blocked</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allowed</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>Manage-bde –off</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Blocked</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Blocked</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Blocked</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allowed</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>Manage-bde Pause/Resume</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Blocked</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Blocked<b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Blocked</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allowed</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>Manage-bde –lock</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Blocked</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Blocked</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Blocked</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allowed</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>manage-bde –wipe</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Blocked</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Blocked</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Blocked</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allowed</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>Unlock</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Automatic via cluster service</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Automatic via cluster service</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Automatic via cluster service</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allowed</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>manage-bde –protector –add</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allowed</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allowed</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Blocked</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allowed</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>manage-bde -protector -delete</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allowed</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allowed</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Blocked</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allowed</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>manage-bde –autounlock</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allowed (not recommended)</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allowed (not recommended)</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Blocked</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allowed (not recommended)</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>Manage-bde -upgrade</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allowed</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allowed</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Blocked</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allowed</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>Shrink</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allowed</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allowed</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Blocked</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allowed</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>Extend</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allowed</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allowed</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Blocked</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allowed</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
></b>Note:** Although the manage-bde -pause command is Blocked in clusters, the cluster service will automatically resume a paused encryption or decryption from the MDS node
|
||||
| Action | On owner node of failover volume | On Metadata Server (MDS) of CSV | On (Data Server) DS of CSV | Maintenance Mode |
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|**Manage-bde –on**|Blocked|Blocked|Blocked|Allowed|
|
||||
|**Manage-bde –off**|Blocked|Blocked|Blocked|Allowed|
|
||||
|**Manage-bde Pause/Resume**|Blocked|Blocked**|Blocked|Allowed|
|
||||
|**Manage-bde –lock**|Blocked|Blocked|Blocked|Allowed|
|
||||
|**manage-bde –wipe**|Blocked|Blocked|Blocked|Allowed|
|
||||
|**Unlock**|Automatic via cluster service|Automatic via cluster service|Automatic via cluster service|Allowed|
|
||||
|**manage-bde –protector –add**|Allowed|Allowed|Blocked|Allowed|
|
||||
|**manage-bde -protector -delete**|Allowed|Allowed|Blocked|Allowed|
|
||||
|**manage-bde –autounlock**|Allowed (not recommended)|Allowed (not recommended)|Blocked|Allowed (not recommended)|
|
||||
|**Manage-bde -upgrade**|Allowed|Allowed|Blocked|Allowed|
|
||||
|**Shrink**|Allowed|Allowed|Blocked|Allowed|
|
||||
|**Extend**|Allowed|Allowed|Blocked|Allowed|
|
||||
|
||||
> [!NOTE]
|
||||
> Although the manage-bde -pause command is Blocked in clusters, the cluster service will automatically resume a paused encryption or decryption from the MDS node
|
||||
|
||||
In the case where a physical disk resource experiences a failover event during conversion, the new owning node will detect the conversion is not complete and will complete the conversion process.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -276,4 +198,4 @@ Also take these considerations into account for BitLocker on clustered storage:
|
||||
- If conversion is paused with encryption in progress and the CSV volume is offline from the cluster, the cluster thread (health check) will automatically resume conversion when the volume is online to the cluster.
|
||||
- If conversion is paused with encryption in progress and a physical disk resource volume is offline from the cluster, the BitLocker driver will automatically resume conversion when the volume is online to the cluster.
|
||||
- If conversion is paused with encryption in progress, while the CSV volume is in maintenance mode, the cluster thread (health check) will automatically resume conversion when moving the volume back from maintenance.
|
||||
- If conversion is paused with encryption in progress, while the disk resource volume is in maintenance mode, the BitLocker driver will automatically resume conversion when the volume is moved back from maintenance mode.
|
||||
- If conversion is paused with encryption in progress, while the disk resource volume is in maintenance mode, the BitLocker driver will automatically resume conversion when the volume is moved back from maintenance mode.
|
||||
|
@ -33,113 +33,27 @@ To avoid the automatic encryption of data, developers can enlighten apps by addi
|
||||
|
||||
We strongly suggest that the only unenlightened apps you add to your allowed apps list are Line-of-Business (LOB) apps.
|
||||
|
||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
>After revoking WIP, unenlightened apps will have to be uninstalled and re-installed since their settings files will remain encrypted.
|
||||
|
||||
>[!Note]
|
||||
>For more info about creating enlightened apps, see the [Windows Information Protection (WIP)](/windows/uwp/enterprise/wip-hub) topic in the Windows Dev Center.
|
||||
> [!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
> After revoking WIP, unenlightened apps will have to be uninstalled and re-installed since their settings files will remain encrypted. For more info about creating enlightened apps, see the [Windows Information Protection (WIP)](/windows/uwp/enterprise/wip-hub) topic in the Windows Dev Center.
|
||||
|
||||
## Unenlightened app behavior
|
||||
This table includes info about how unenlightened apps might behave, based on your Windows Information Protection (WIP) networking policies, your app configuration, and potentially whether the app connects to network resources directly by using IP addresses or by using hostnames.
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<th>App rule setting</th>
|
||||
<th align="center" colspan="2">Networking policy configuration</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<th> </th>
|
||||
<th align="center">Name-based policies, without the /*AppCompat*/ string</th>
|
||||
<th align="center">Name-based policies, using the /*AppCompat*/ string or proxy-based policies</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr align="left">
|
||||
<td><b>Not required.</b> App connects to enterprise cloud resources directly, using an IP address.</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>App is entirely blocked from both personal and enterprise cloud resources.</li>
|
||||
<li>No encryption is applied.</li>
|
||||
<li>App can’t access local Work files.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>App can access both personal and enterprise cloud resources. However, you might encounter apps using policies that restrict access to enterprise cloud resources.</li>
|
||||
<li>No encryption is applied.</li>
|
||||
<li>App can’t access local Work files.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr align="left">
|
||||
<td><b>Not required.</b> App connects to enterprise cloud resources, using a hostname.</td>
|
||||
<td colspan="2">
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>App is blocked from accessing enterprise cloud resources, but can access other network resources.</li>
|
||||
<li>No encryption is applied.</li>
|
||||
<li>App can’t access local Work files.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr align="left">
|
||||
<td><b>Allow.</b> App connects to enterprise cloud resources, using an IP address or a hostname.</td>
|
||||
<td colspan="2">
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>App can access both personal and enterprise cloud resources.</li>
|
||||
<li>Auto-encryption is applied.</li>
|
||||
<li>App can access local Work files.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr align="left" colspan="2">
|
||||
<td><b>Exempt.</b> App connects to enterprise cloud resources, using an IP address or a hostname.</td>
|
||||
<td colspan="2">
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>App can access both personal and enterprise cloud resources.</li>
|
||||
<li>No encryption is applied.</li>
|
||||
<li>App can access local Work files.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|App rule setting|Networking policy configuration|
|
||||
|--- |--- |
|
||||
|**Not required.** App connects to enterprise cloud resources directly, using an IP address.| **Name-based policies, without the `/*AppCompat*/` string:**<li>App is entirely blocked from both personal and enterprise cloud resources.<li>No encryption is applied.<li>App can’t access local Work files.<br/><br/>**Name-based policies, using the `/*AppCompat*/` string or proxy-based policies:**<li>App can access both personal and enterprise cloud resources. However, you might encounter apps using policies that restrict access to enterprise cloud resources.<li>No encryption is applied.<li>App can’t access local Work files.|
|
||||
|**Not required.** App connects to enterprise cloud resources, using a hostname.|<li>App is blocked from accessing enterprise cloud resources, but can access other network resources.<li>No encryption is applied.<li>App can’t access local Work files.|
|
||||
|**Allow.** App connects to enterprise cloud resources, using an IP address or a hostname.|<li>App can access both personal and enterprise cloud resources.<li>Auto-encryption is applied.<li>App can access local Work files.|
|
||||
|**Exempt.** App connects to enterprise cloud resources, using an IP address or a hostname.|<li>App can access both personal and enterprise cloud resources.<li>No encryption is applied.<li>App can access local Work files.|
|
||||
|
||||
## Enlightened app behavior
|
||||
This table includes info about how enlightened apps might behave, based on your Windows Information Protection (WIP) networking policies, your app configuration, and potentially whether the app connects to network resources directly by using IP addresses or by using hostnames.
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<th>App rule setting</th>
|
||||
<th>Networking policy configuration for name-based policies, possibly using the /*AppCompat*/ string, or proxy-based policies</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><b>Not required.</b> App connects to enterprise cloud resources, using an IP address or a hostname.</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>App is blocked from accessing enterprise cloud resources, but can access other network resources.</li>
|
||||
<li>No encryption is applied.</li>
|
||||
<li>App can't access local Work files.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><b>Allow.</b> App connects to enterprise cloud resources, using an IP address or a hostname.</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>App can access both personal and enterprise cloud resources.</li>
|
||||
<li>App protects work data and leaves personal data unprotected.</li>
|
||||
<li>App can access local Work files.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><b>Exempt.</b> App connects to enterprise cloud resources, using an IP address or a hostname.</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>App can access both personal and enterprise cloud resources.</li>
|
||||
<li>App protects work data and leaves personal data unprotected.</li>
|
||||
<li>App can access local Work files.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|App rule setting|Networking policy configuration for name-based policies, possibly using the /*AppCompat*/ string, or proxy-based policies|
|
||||
|--- |--- |
|
||||
|**Not required.** App connects to enterprise cloud resources, using an IP address or a hostname.|<li>App is blocked from accessing enterprise cloud resources, but can access other network resources.<li> No encryption is applied.<li> App can't access local Work files.|
|
||||
|**Allow.** App connects to enterprise cloud resources, using an IP address or a hostname.|<li>App can access both personal and enterprise cloud resources.<li> App protects work data and leaves personal data unprotected.<li> App can access local Work files.|
|
||||
|**Exempt.** App connects to enterprise cloud resources, using an IP address or a hostname.|<li>App can access both personal and enterprise cloud resources.<li> App protects work data and leaves personal data unprotected.<li> App can access local Work files.|
|
||||
|
||||
>[!NOTE]
|
||||
>Help to make this topic better by providing us with edits, additions, and feedback. For info about how to contribute to this topic, see [Editing Windows IT professional documentation](https://github.com/Microsoft/windows-itpro-docs/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md).
|
||||
>Help to make this topic better by providing us with edits, additions, and feedback. For info about how to contribute to this topic, see [Editing Windows IT professional documentation](https://github.com/Microsoft/windows-itpro-docs/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md).
|
||||
|
@ -155,40 +155,15 @@ For this example, we're going to add Internet Explorer, a desktop app, to the **
|
||||
|
||||
5. Pick the options you want to include for the app rule (see table), and then click **OK**.
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<th>Option</th>
|
||||
<th>Manages</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>All fields left as "*"</td>
|
||||
<td>All files signed by any publisher. (Not recommended.)</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><b>Publisher</b> selected</td>
|
||||
<td>All files signed by the named publisher.<p>This might be useful if your company is the publisher and signer of internal line-of-business apps.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><b>Publisher</b> and <b>Product Name</b> selected</td>
|
||||
<td>All files for the specified product, signed by the named publisher.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><b>Publisher</b>, <b>Product Name</b>, and <b>Binary name</b> selected</td>
|
||||
<td>Any version of the named file or package for the specified product, signed by the named publisher.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><b>Publisher</b>, <b>Product Name</b>, <b>Binary name</b>, and <b>File Version, and above</b>, selected</td>
|
||||
<td>Specified version or newer releases of the named file or package for the specified product, signed by the named publisher.<p>This option is recommended for enlightened apps that weren't previously enlightened.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><b>Publisher</b>, <b>Product Name</b>, <b>Binary name</b>, and <b>File Version, And below</b> selected</td>
|
||||
<td>Specified version or older releases of the named file or package for the specified product, signed by the named publisher.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><b>Publisher</b>, <b>Product Name</b>, <b>Binary name</b>, and <b>File Version, Exactly</b> selected</td>
|
||||
<td>Specified version of the named file or package for the specified product, signed by the named publisher.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|Option|Manages|
|
||||
|--- |--- |
|
||||
|All fields left as "*"|All files signed by any publisher. (Not recommended.)|
|
||||
|**Publisher** selected|All files signed by the named publisher.This might be useful if your company is the publisher and signer of internal line-of-business apps.|
|
||||
|**Publisher** and **Product Name** selected|All files for the specified product, signed by the named publisher.|
|
||||
|**Publisher**, **Product Name**, and **Binary name** selected|Any version of the named file or package for the specified product, signed by the named publisher.|
|
||||
|**Publisher**, **Product Name**, **Binary name**, and **File Version, and above**, selected|Specified version or newer releases of the named file or package for the specified product, signed by the named publisher.This option is recommended for enlightened apps that weren't previously enlightened.|
|
||||
|**Publisher**, **Product Name**, **Binary name**, and **File Version, And below** selected|Specified version or older releases of the named file or package for the specified product, signed by the named publisher.|
|
||||
|**Publisher**, **Product Name**, **Binary name**, and **File Version, Exactly** selected|Specified version of the named file or package for the specified product, signed by the named publisher.|
|
||||
|
||||
If you're unsure about what to include for the publisher, you can run this PowerShell command:
|
||||
|
||||
@ -374,46 +349,70 @@ There are no default locations included with WIP, you must add each of your netw
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<th>Network location type</th>
|
||||
<th>Format</th>
|
||||
<th>Description</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Enterprise Cloud Resources</td>
|
||||
<td><b>With proxy:</b> contoso.sharepoint.com,contoso.internalproxy1.com|<br>contoso.visualstudio.com,contoso.internalproxy2.com<p><b>Without proxy:</b> contoso.sharepoint.com|contoso.visualstudio.com</td>
|
||||
<td>Specify the cloud resources to be treated as corporate and protected by WIP.<p>For each cloud resource, you may also optionally specify a proxy server from your Internal proxy servers list to route traffic for this cloud resource. Be aware that all traffic routed through your Internal proxy servers is considered enterprise.<p>If you have multiple resources, you must separate them using the "|" delimiter. If you don't use proxy servers, you must also include the "," delimiter just before the "|". For example: <code>URL <,proxy>|URL <,proxy></code>.<p><b>Important</b><br>In some cases, such as when an app connects directly to a cloud resource through an IP address, Windows can't tell whether it's attempting to connect to an enterprise cloud resource or to a personal site. In this case, Windows blocks the connection by default. To stop Windows from automatically blocking these connections, you can add the <code>/*AppCompat*/</code> string to the setting. For example: <code>URL <,proxy>|URL <,proxy>|/*AppCompat*/</code>.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Enterprise Network Domain Names (Required)</td>
|
||||
<td>corp.contoso.com,region.contoso.com</td>
|
||||
<td>Specify the DNS suffixes used in your environment. All traffic to the fully-qualified domains appearing in this list will be protected.<p>This setting works with the IP ranges settings to detect whether a network endpoint is enterprise or personal on private networks.<p>If you have multiple resources, you must separate them using the "," delimiter.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Proxy servers</td>
|
||||
<td>proxy.contoso.com:80;proxy2.contoso.com:443</td>
|
||||
<td>Specify the proxy servers your devices will go through to reach your cloud resources. Using this server type indicates that the cloud resources you're connecting to are enterprise resources.<br><br>This list shouldn't include any servers listed in your Internal proxy servers list. Internal proxy servers must be used only for WIP-protected (enterprise) traffic.<br><br>If you have multiple resources, you must separate them using the ";" delimiter.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Internal proxy servers</td>
|
||||
<td>contoso.internalproxy1.com;contoso.internalproxy2.com</td>
|
||||
<td>Specify the internal proxy servers your devices will go through to reach your cloud resources. Using this server type indicates that the cloud resources you're connecting to are enterprise resources.<br><br>This list shouldn't include any servers listed in your Proxy servers list. Proxy servers must be used only for non-WIP-protected (non-enterprise) traffic.<br><br>If you have multiple resources, you must separate them using the ";" delimiter.</td><br/> </tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Enterprise IPv4 Range (Required)</td>
|
||||
<td><b>Starting IPv4 Address:</b> 3.4.0.1<br><b>Ending IPv4 Address:</b> 3.4.255.254<br><b>Custom URI:</b> 3.4.0.1-3.4.255.254,<br>10.0.0.1-10.255.255.254</td>
|
||||
<td>Specify the addresses for a valid IPv4 value range within your intranet. These addresses, used with your Enterprise Network Domain Names, define your corporate network boundaries.<p>If you have multiple ranges, you must separate them using the "," delimiter.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Enterprise IPv6 Range</td>
|
||||
<td><b>Starting IPv6 Address:</b> 2a01:110::<br><b>Ending IPv6 Address:</b> 2a01:110:7fff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff<br><b>Custom URI:</b> 2a01:110:7fff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff,<br>fd00::-fdff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff</td>
|
||||
<td>Specify the addresses for a valid IPv6 value range within your intranet. These addresses, used with your Enterprise Network Domain Names, define your corporate network boundaries.<p>If you have multiple ranges, you must separate them using the "," delimiter.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Neutral Resources</td>
|
||||
<td>sts.contoso.com,sts.contoso2.com</td>
|
||||
<td>Specify your authentication redirection endpoints for your company.<p>These locations are considered enterprise or personal, based on the context of the connection before the redirection.<p>If you have multiple resources, you must separate them using the "," delimiter.</td>
|
||||
</tr><br/></table>
|
||||
- **Enterprise Cloud Resources**: Specify the cloud resources to be treated as corporate and protected by WIP.
|
||||
|
||||
For each cloud resource, you may also optionally specify a proxy server from your Internal proxy servers list to route traffic for this cloud resource. Be aware that all traffic routed through your Internal proxy servers is considered enterprise.
|
||||
|
||||
If you have multiple resources, you must separate them using the `|` delimiter. If you don't use proxy servers, you must also include the `,` delimiter just before the `|`. For example: URL `<,proxy>|URL <,proxy>`.
|
||||
|
||||
**Format examples**:
|
||||
|
||||
- **With proxy**: `contoso.sharepoint.com,contoso.internalproxy1.com|contoso.visualstudio.com,contoso.internalproxy2.com`
|
||||
|
||||
- **Without proxy**: `contoso.sharepoint.com|contoso.visualstudio.com`
|
||||
|
||||
>[!Important]
|
||||
> In some cases, such as when an app connects directly to a cloud resource through an IP address, Windows can't tell whether it's attempting to connect to an enterprise cloud resource or to a personal site. In this case, Windows blocks the connection by default. To stop Windows from automatically blocking these connections, you can add the /*AppCompat*/ string to the setting. For example: URL <,proxy>|URL <,proxy>|/*AppCompat*/.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Enterprise Network Domain Names (Required)**: Specify the DNS suffixes used in your environment. All traffic to the fully-qualified domains appearing in this list will be protected.
|
||||
|
||||
This setting works with the IP ranges settings to detect whether a network endpoint is enterprise or personal on private networks.
|
||||
|
||||
If you have multiple resources, you must separate them using the "," delimiter.
|
||||
|
||||
**Format examples**: `corp.contoso.com,region.contoso.com`
|
||||
|
||||
- **Proxy servers**: Specify the proxy servers your devices will go through to reach your cloud resources. Using this server type indicates that the cloud resources you're connecting to are enterprise resources.
|
||||
|
||||
This list shouldn't include any servers listed in your Internal proxy servers list. Internal proxy servers must be used only for WIP-protected (enterprise) traffic.
|
||||
|
||||
If you have multiple resources, you must separate them using the ";" delimiter.
|
||||
|
||||
**Format examples**: `proxy.contoso.com:80;proxy2.contoso.com:443`
|
||||
|
||||
- **Internal proxy servers**: Specify the internal proxy servers your devices will go through to reach your cloud resources. Using this server type indicates that the cloud resources you're connecting to are enterprise resources.
|
||||
|
||||
This list shouldn't include any servers listed in your Proxy servers list. Proxy servers must be used only for non-WIP-protected (non-enterprise) traffic.
|
||||
|
||||
If you have multiple resources, you must separate them using the ";" delimiter.
|
||||
|
||||
**Format examples**: `contoso.internalproxy1.com;contoso.internalproxy2.com`
|
||||
|
||||
- **Enterprise IPv4 Range (Required)**: Specify the addresses for a valid IPv4 value range within your intranet. These addresses, used with your Enterprise Network Domain Names, define your corporate network boundaries.
|
||||
|
||||
If you have multiple ranges, you must separate them using the "," delimiter.
|
||||
|
||||
**Format examples**:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Starting IPv4 Address:** `3.4.0.1`
|
||||
- **Ending IPv4 Address:** `3.4.255.254`
|
||||
- **Custom URI:** `3.4.0.1-3.4.255.254, 10.0.0.1-10.255.255.254`
|
||||
|
||||
- **Enterprise IPv6 Range**: Specify the addresses for a valid IPv6 value range within your intranet. These addresses, used with your Enterprise Network Domain Names, define your corporate network boundaries.
|
||||
|
||||
If you have multiple ranges, you must separate them using the "," delimiter.
|
||||
|
||||
**Format examples**:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Starting IPv6 Address:** `2a01:110::`
|
||||
- **Ending IPv6 Address:** `2a01:110:7fff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff`
|
||||
- **Custom URI:** `2a01:110:7fff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff,fd00::-fdff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff`
|
||||
|
||||
- **Neutral Resources**: Specify your authentication redirection endpoints for your company. These locations are considered enterprise or personal, based on the context of the connection before the redirection.
|
||||
|
||||
If you have multiple resources, you must separate them using the "," delimiter.
|
||||
|
||||
**Format examples**: `sts.contoso.com,sts.contoso2.com`
|
||||
|
||||
3. Add as many locations as you need, and then click **OK**.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -485,4 +484,4 @@ After you've created your WIP policy, you'll need to deploy it to your organizat
|
||||
|
||||
- [General guidance and best practices for Windows Information Protection (WIP)](guidance-and-best-practices-wip.md)
|
||||
|
||||
- [Limitations while using Windows Information Protection (WIP)](limitations-with-wip.md)
|
||||
- [Limitations while using Windows Information Protection (WIP)](limitations-with-wip.md)
|
||||
|
@ -164,40 +164,15 @@ If you don't know the Store app publisher or product name, you can find them by
|
||||
|
||||
To add **Desktop apps**, complete the following fields, based on what results you want returned.
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<th>Field</th>
|
||||
<th>Manages</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>All fields marked as “*”</td>
|
||||
<td>All files signed by any publisher. (Not recommended and may not work)</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Publisher only</td>
|
||||
<td>If you only fill out this field, you’ll get all files signed by the named publisher.<br><br>This might be useful if your company is the publisher and signer of internal line-of-business apps.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Publisher and Name only</td>
|
||||
<td>If you only fill out these fields, you’ll get all files for the specified product, signed by the named publisher.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Publisher, Name, and File only</td>
|
||||
<td>If you only fill out these fields, you’ll get any version of the named file or package for the specified product, signed by the named publisher.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Publisher, Name, File, and Min version only</td>
|
||||
<td>If you only fill out these fields, you’ll get the specified version or newer releases of the named file or package for the specified product, signed by the named publisher.<br><br>This option is recommended for enlightened apps that weren't previously enlightened.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Publisher, Name, File, and Max version only</td>
|
||||
<td>If you only fill out these fields, you’ll get the specified version or older releases of the named file or package for the specified product, signed by the named publisher.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>All fields completed</td>
|
||||
<td>If you fill out all fields, you’ll get the specified version of the named file or package for the specified product, signed by the named publisher.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|Field|Manages|
|
||||
|--- |--- |
|
||||
|All fields marked as “*”|All files signed by any publisher. (Not recommended and may not work)|
|
||||
|Publisher only|If you only fill out this field, you’ll get all files signed by the named publisher.This might be useful if your company is the publisher and signer of internal line-of-business apps.|
|
||||
|Publisher and Name only|If you only fill out these fields, you’ll get all files for the specified product, signed by the named publisher.|
|
||||
|Publisher, Name, and File only|If you only fill out these fields, you’ll get any version of the named file or package for the specified product, signed by the named publisher.|
|
||||
|Publisher, Name, File, and Min version only|If you only fill out these fields, you’ll get the specified version or newer releases of the named file or package for the specified product, signed by the named publisher.This option is recommended for enlightened apps that weren't previously enlightened.|
|
||||
|Publisher, Name, File, and Max version only|If you only fill out these fields, you’ll get the specified version or older releases of the named file or package for the specified product, signed by the named publisher.|
|
||||
|All fields completed|If you fill out all fields, you’ll get the specified version of the named file or package for the specified product, signed by the named publisher.|
|
||||
|
||||
To add another Desktop app, click the ellipsis **…**. After you’ve entered the info into the fields, click **OK**.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -22,140 +22,134 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
|
||||
**Applies to:**
|
||||
- Windows 10, version 1607 and later
|
||||
|
||||
This table provides info about the most common problems you might encounter while running WIP in your organization.
|
||||
This following list provides info about the most common problems you might encounter while running WIP in your organization.
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<th>Limitation</th>
|
||||
<th>How it appears</th>
|
||||
<th>Workaround</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Your enterprise data on USB drives might be tied to the device it was protected on, based on your Azure RMS configuration.</td>
|
||||
<td><b>If you’re using Azure RMS:</b> Authenticated users can open enterprise data on USB drives, on computers running Windows 10, version 1703.<br><br><b>If you’re not using Azure RMS:</b> Data in the new location remains encrypted, but becomes inaccessible on other devices and for other users. For example, the file won't open or the file opens, but doesn't contain readable text.</td>
|
||||
<td>Share files with fellow employees through enterprise file servers or enterprise cloud locations. If data must be shared via USB, employees can decrypt protected files, but it will be audited.<br><br>We strongly recommend educating employees about how to limit or eliminate the need for this decryption.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Direct Access is incompatible with WIP.</td>
|
||||
<td>Direct Access might experience problems with how WIP enforces app behavior and data movement because of how WIP determines what is and isn’t a corporate network resource.</td>
|
||||
<td>We recommend that you use VPN for client access to your intranet resources.<br><br><b>Note</b><br>VPN is optional and isn’t required by WIP.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><b>NetworkIsolation</b> Group Policy setting takes precedence over MDM Policy settings.</td>
|
||||
<td>The <b>NetworkIsolation</b> Group Policy setting can configure network settings that can also be configured by using MDM. WIP relies on these policies being correctly configured.</td>
|
||||
<td>If you use both Group Policy and MDM to configure your <b>NetworkIsolation</b> settings, you must make sure that those same settings are deployed to your organization using both Group Policy and MDM.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Cortana can potentially allow data leakage if it’s on the allowed apps list.</td>
|
||||
<td>If Cortana is on the allowed list, some files might become unexpectedly encrypted after an employee performs a search using Cortana. Your employees will still be able to use Cortana to search and provide results on enterprise documents and locations, but results might be sent to Microsoft.</td>
|
||||
<td>We don’t recommend adding Cortana to your allowed apps list. However, if you wish to use Cortana and don't mind whether the results potentially go to Microsoft, you can make Cortana an Exempt app.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>WIP is designed for use by a single user per device.</td>
|
||||
<td>A secondary user on a device might experience app compatibility issues when unenlightened apps start to automatically encrypt for all users. Additionally, only the initial, enrolled user’s content can be revoked during the unenrollment process.</td>
|
||||
<td>We recommend only having one user per managed device.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Installers copied from an enterprise network file share might not work properly.</td>
|
||||
<td>An app might fail to properly install because it can’t read a necessary configuration or data file, such as a .cab or .xml file needed for installation, which was protected by the copy action.</td>
|
||||
<td>To fix this, you can:
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Start the installer directly from the file share.<br><br>-OR-<br><br></li>
|
||||
<li>Decrypt the locally copied files needed by the installer.<br><br>-OR-<br><br></li>
|
||||
<li>Mark the file share with the installation media as “personal”. To do this, you’ll need to set the Enterprise IP ranges as <b>Authoritative</b> and then exclude the IP address of the file server, or you’ll need to put the file server on the Enterprise Proxy Server list.</li>
|
||||
</ul></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Changing your primary Corporate Identity isn’t supported.</td>
|
||||
<td>You might experience various instabilities, including but not limited to network and file access failures, and potentially granting incorrect access.</td>
|
||||
<td>Turn off WIP for all devices before changing the primary Corporate Identity (first entry in the list), restarting, and finally redeploying.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Redirected folders with Client-Side Caching are not compatible with WIP.</td>
|
||||
<td>Apps might encounter access errors while attempting to read a cached, offline file.</td>
|
||||
<td>Migrate to use another file synchronization method, such as Work Folders or OneDrive for Business.<br><br><b>Note</b><br>For more info about Work Folders and Offline Files, see the blog, <a href="https://blogs.technet.microsoft.com/filecab/2016/08/29/work-folders-and-offline-files-support-for-windows-information-protection/" data-raw-source="[Work Folders and Offline Files support for Windows Information Protection](https://blogs.technet.microsoft.com/filecab/2016/08/29/work-folders-and-offline-files-support-for-windows-information-protection/)">Work Folders and Offline Files support for Windows Information Protection</a>. If you're having trouble opening files offline while using Offline Files and WIP, see the support article, <a href="https://support.microsoft.com/kb/3187045" data-raw-source="[Can't open files offline when you use Offline Files and Windows Information Protection](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/3187045)">Can't open files offline when you use Offline Files and Windows Information Protection</a>.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>An unmanaged device can use Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) to connect to a WIP-managed device.</td>
|
||||
<td><p>Data copied from the WIP-managed device is marked as <b>Work</b>.<p>Data copied to the WIP-managed device is not marked as <b>Work</b>.<p>Local <b>Work</b> data copied to the WIP-managed device remains <b>Work</b> data.<p><b>Work</b> data that is copied between two apps in the same session remains </b> data.</td>
|
||||
<td>Disable RDP to prevent access because there is no way to restrict access to only devices managed by WIP. RDP is disabled by default.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>You can't upload an enterprise file to a personal location using Microsoft Edge or Internet Explorer.</td>
|
||||
<td>A message appears stating that the content is marked as <b>Work</b> and the user isn't given an option to override to <b>Personal</b>.</td>
|
||||
<td>Open File Explorer and change the file ownership to <b>Personal</b> before you upload.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>ActiveX controls should be used with caution.</td>
|
||||
<td>Webpages that use ActiveX controls can potentially communicate with other outside processes that aren’t protected by using WIP.</td>
|
||||
<td>We recommend that you switch to using Microsoft Edge, the more secure and safer browser that prevents the use of ActiveX controls. We also recommend that you limit the usage of Internet Explorer 11 to only those line-of-business apps that require legacy technology.<br><br>For more info, see <a href="/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/out-of-date-activex-control-blocking" data-raw-source="[Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking](/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/out-of-date-activex-control-blocking)">Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking</a>.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Resilient File System (ReFS) isn't currently supported with WIP.</td>
|
||||
<td>Trying to save or transfer WIP files to ReFS will fail.</td>
|
||||
<td>Format drive for NTFS, or use a different drive.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>WIP isn’t turned on if any of the following folders have the <b>MakeFolderAvailableOfflineDisabled</b> option set to <b>False</b>:
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>AppDataRoaming</li>
|
||||
<li>Desktop</li>
|
||||
<li>StartMenu</li>
|
||||
<li>Documents</li>
|
||||
<li>Pictures</li>
|
||||
<li>Music</li>
|
||||
<li>Videos</li>
|
||||
<li>Favorites</li>
|
||||
<li>Contacts</li>
|
||||
<li>Downloads</li>
|
||||
<li>Links</li>
|
||||
<li>Searches</li>
|
||||
<li>SavedGames</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td>WIP isn’t turned on for employees in your organization. Error code 0x807c0008 will result if WIP is deployed by using Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager.</td>
|
||||
<td>Don’t set the <b>MakeFolderAvailableOfflineDisabled</b> option to <b>False</b> for any of the specified folders. You can configure this parameter, as described <a href="/windows-server/storage/folder-redirection/disable-offline-files-on-folders" data-raw-source="[here](/windows-server/storage/folder-redirection/disable-offline-files-on-folders)">here</a>.<br><br>If you currently use redirected folders, we recommend that you migrate to a file synchronization solution that supports WIP, such as Work Folders or OneDrive for Business. Additionally, if you apply redirected folders after WIP is already in place, you might be unable to open your files offline. For more info about these potential access errors, see <a href="https://support.microsoft.com/help/3187045/can-t-open-files-offline-when-you-use-offline-files-and-windows-information-protection" data-raw-source="[Can't open files offline when you use Offline Files and Windows Information Protection](https://support.microsoft.com/help/3187045/can-t-open-files-offline-when-you-use-offline-files-and-windows-information-protection)">Can't open files offline when you use Offline Files and Windows Information Protection</a>.
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Only enlightened apps can be managed without device enrollment
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td>If a user enrolls a device for Mobile Application Management (MAM) without device enrollment, only enlightened apps will be managed. This is by design to prevent personal files from being unintentionally encrypted by unenlighted apps. Unenlighted apps that need to access work using MAM need to be re-compiled as LOB apps or managed by using MDM with device enrollment.</td>
|
||||
<td>If all apps need to be managed, enroll the device for MDM.
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>By design, files in the Windows directory (%windir% or C:/Windows) cannot be encrypted because they need to be accessed by any user. If a file in the Windows directory gets encrypted by one user, other users can't access it.<br/> </td>
|
||||
<td>Any attempt to encrypt a file in the Windows directory will return a file access denied error. But if you copy or drag and drop an encrypted file to the Windows directory, it will retain encryption to honor the intent of the owner.
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td>If you need to save an encrypted file in the Windows directory, create and encrypt the file in a different directory and copy it.
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>OneNote notebooks on OneDrive for Business must be properly configured to work with WIP.</td>
|
||||
<td>OneNote might encounter errors syncing a OneDrive for Business notebook and suggest changing the file ownership to Personal. Attempting to view the notebook in OneNote Online in the browser will show an error and unable to view it.</td>
|
||||
<td>"OneNote notebooks that are newly copied into the OneDrive for Business folder from File Explorer should get fixed automatically. To do this, follow these steps:
|
||||
1. Close the notebook in OneNote.
|
||||
2. Move the notebook folder via File Explorer out of the OneDrive for Business folder to another location, such as the Desktop.
|
||||
3. Copy the notebook folder and Paste it back into the OneDrive for Business folder.
|
||||
- **Limitation**: Your enterprise data on USB drives might be tied to the device it was protected on, based on your Azure RMS configuration.
|
||||
- **How it appears**:
|
||||
- If you’re using Azure RMS: Authenticated users can open enterprise data on USB drives, on computers running Windows 10, version 1703.
|
||||
- If you’re not using Azure RMS: Data in the new location remains encrypted, but becomes inaccessible on other devices and for other users. For example, the file won't open or the file opens, but doesn't contain readable text.
|
||||
|
||||
Wait a few minutes to allow OneDrive to finish syncing & upgrading the notebook, and the folder should automatically convert to an Internet Shortcut. Opening the shortcut will open the notebook in the browser, which can then be opened in the OneNote client by using the “Open in app” button.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Microsoft Office Outlook offline data files (PST and OST files) are not marked as <b>Work</b> files, and are therefore not protected.
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td>If Microsoft Office Outlook is set to work in cached mode (default setting), or if some emails are stored in a local PST file, the data is unprotected.
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td>It is recommended to use Microsoft Office Outlook in Online mode, or to use encryption to protect OST and PST files manually.
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
- **Workaround**: Share files with fellow employees through enterprise file servers or enterprise cloud locations. If data must be shared via USB, employees can decrypt protected files, but it will be audited.
|
||||
|
||||
We strongly recommend educating employees about how to limit or eliminate the need for this decryption.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Limitation**: Direct Access is incompatible with WIP.
|
||||
- **How it appears**: Direct Access might experience problems with how WIP enforces app behavior and data movement because of how WIP determines what is and isn’t a corporate network resource.
|
||||
- **Workaround**: We recommend that you use VPN for client access to your intranet resources.
|
||||
|
||||
> [!NOTE]
|
||||
> VPN is optional and isn’t required by WIP.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Limitation**: **NetworkIsolation** Group Policy setting takes precedence over MDM Policy settings.
|
||||
- **How it appears**: The **NetworkIsolation** Group Policy setting can configure network settings that can also be configured by using MDM. WIP relies on these policies being correctly configured.
|
||||
- **Workaround**: If you use both Group Policy and MDM to configure your **NetworkIsolation** settings, you must make sure that those same settings are deployed to your organization using both Group Policy and MDM.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Limitation**: Cortana can potentially allow data leakage if it’s on the allowed apps list.
|
||||
- **How it appears**: If Cortana is on the allowed list, some files might become unexpectedly encrypted after an employee performs a search using Cortana. Your employees will still be able to use Cortana to search and provide results on enterprise documents and locations, but results might be sent to Microsoft.
|
||||
- **Workaround**: We don’t recommend adding Cortana to your allowed apps list. However, if you wish to use Cortana and don't mind whether the results potentially go to Microsoft, you can make Cortana an Exempt app.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Limitation**: WIP is designed for use by a single user per device.
|
||||
- **How it appears**: A secondary user on a device might experience app compatibility issues when unenlightened apps start to automatically encrypt for all users. Additionally, only the initial, enrolled user’s content can be revoked during the unenrollment process.
|
||||
- **Workaround**: We recommend only having one user per managed device.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Limitation**: Installers copied from an enterprise network file share might not work properly.
|
||||
- **How it appears**: An app might fail to properly install because it can’t read a necessary configuration or data file, such as a .cab or .xml file needed for installation, which was protected by the copy action.
|
||||
- **Workaround**: To fix this, you can:
|
||||
- Start the installer directly from the file share.
|
||||
|
||||
OR
|
||||
|
||||
- Decrypt the locally copied files needed by the installer.
|
||||
|
||||
OR
|
||||
|
||||
- Mark the file share with the installation media as “personal”. To do this, you’ll need to set the Enterprise IP ranges as **Authoritative** and then exclude the IP address of the file server, or you’ll need to put the file server on the Enterprise Proxy Server list.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Limitation**: Changing your primary Corporate Identity isn’t supported.
|
||||
- **How it appears**: You might experience various instabilities, including but not limited to network and file access failures, and potentially granting incorrect access.
|
||||
- **Workaround**: Turn off WIP for all devices before changing the primary Corporate Identity (first entry in the list), restarting, and finally redeploying.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Limitation**: Redirected folders with Client-Side Caching are not compatible with WIP.
|
||||
- **How it appears**: Apps might encounter access errors while attempting to read a cached, offline file.
|
||||
- **Workaround**: Migrate to use another file synchronization method, such as Work Folders or OneDrive for Business.
|
||||
|
||||
> [!NOTE]
|
||||
> For more info about Work Folders and Offline Files, see the [Work Folders and Offline Files support for Windows Information Protection blog](https://blogs.technet.microsoft.com/filecab/2016/08/29/work-folders-and-offline-files-support-for-windows-information-protection/)". If you're having trouble opening files offline while using Offline Files and WIP, see [Can't open files offline when you use Offline Files and Windows Information Protection](/troubleshoot/windows-client/networking/error-open-files-offline-offline-files-wip).
|
||||
|
||||
- **Limitation**: An unmanaged device can use Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) to connect to a WIP-managed device.
|
||||
- **How it appears**:
|
||||
- Data copied from the WIP-managed device is marked as **Work**.
|
||||
- Data copied to the WIP-managed device is not marked as **Work**.
|
||||
- Local **Work** data copied to the WIP-managed device remains **Work** data.
|
||||
- **Work** data that is copied between two apps in the same session remains ** data.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Workaround**: Disable RDP to prevent access because there is no way to restrict access to only devices managed by WIP. RDP is disabled by default.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Limitation**: You can't upload an enterprise file to a personal location using Microsoft Edge or Internet Explorer.
|
||||
- **How it appears**: A message appears stating that the content is marked as **Work** and the user isn't given an option to override to **Personal**.
|
||||
- **Workaround**: Open File Explorer and change the file ownership to **Personal** before you upload.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Limitation**: ActiveX controls should be used with caution.
|
||||
- **How it appears**: Webpages that use ActiveX controls can potentially communicate with other outside processes that aren’t protected by using WIP.
|
||||
- **Workaround**: We recommend that you switch to using Microsoft Edge, the more secure and safer browser that prevents the use of ActiveX controls. We also recommend that you limit the usage of Internet Explorer 11 to only those line-of-business apps that require legacy technology.
|
||||
|
||||
For more info, see [Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking](/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/out-of-date-activex-control-blocking).
|
||||
|
||||
- **Limitation**: Resilient File System (ReFS) isn't currently supported with WIP.
|
||||
- **How it appears**:Trying to save or transfer WIP files to ReFS will fail.
|
||||
- **Workaround**: Format drive for NTFS, or use a different drive.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Limitation**: WIP isn’t turned on if any of the following folders have the **MakeFolderAvailableOfflineDisabled** option set to **False**:
|
||||
- AppDataRoaming
|
||||
- Desktop
|
||||
- StartMenu
|
||||
- Documents
|
||||
- Pictures
|
||||
- Music
|
||||
- Videos
|
||||
- Favorites
|
||||
- Contacts
|
||||
- Downloads
|
||||
- Links
|
||||
- Searches
|
||||
- SavedGames
|
||||
|
||||
<br/>
|
||||
|
||||
- **How it appears**: WIP isn’t turned on for employees in your organization. Error code 0x807c0008 will result if WIP is deployed by using Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager.
|
||||
- **Workaround**: Don’t set the **MakeFolderAvailableOfflineDisabled** option to **False** for any of the specified folders. You can configure this parameter, as described [here](/windows-server/storage/folder-redirection/disable-offline-files-on-folders)".
|
||||
|
||||
If you currently use redirected folders, we recommend that you migrate to a file synchronization solution that supports WIP, such as Work Folders or OneDrive for Business. Additionally, if you apply redirected folders after WIP is already in place, you might be unable to open your files offline.
|
||||
|
||||
For more info about these potential access errors, see [Can't open files offline when you use Offline Files and Windows Information Protection](/troubleshoot/windows-client/networking/error-open-files-offline-offline-files-wip).
|
||||
|
||||
- **Limitation**: Only enlightened apps can be managed without device enrollment
|
||||
- **How it appears**: If a user enrolls a device for Mobile Application Management (MAM) without device enrollment, only enlightened apps will be managed. This is by design to prevent personal files from being unintentionally encrypted by unenlighted apps.
|
||||
|
||||
Unenlighted apps that need to access work using MAM need to be re-compiled as LOB apps or managed by using MDM with device enrollment.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Workaround**: If all apps need to be managed, enroll the device for MDM.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Limitation**: By design, files in the Windows directory (%windir% or C:/Windows) cannot be encrypted because they need to be accessed by any user. If a file in the Windows directory gets encrypted by one user, other users can't access it.
|
||||
- **How it appears**: Any attempt to encrypt a file in the Windows directory will return a file access denied error. But if you copy or drag and drop an encrypted file to the Windows directory, it will retain encryption to honor the intent of the owner.
|
||||
- **Workaround**: If you need to save an encrypted file in the Windows directory, create and encrypt the file in a different directory and copy it.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Limitation**: OneNote notebooks on OneDrive for Business must be properly configured to work with WIP.
|
||||
- **How it appears**: OneNote might encounter errors syncing a OneDrive for Business notebook and suggest changing the file ownership to Personal. Attempting to view the notebook in OneNote Online in the browser will show an error and unable to view it.
|
||||
- **Workaround**: OneNote notebooks that are newly copied into the OneDrive for Business folder from File Explorer should get fixed automatically. To do this, follow these steps:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Close the notebook in OneNote.
|
||||
2. Move the notebook folder via File Explorer out of the OneDrive for Business folder to another location, such as the Desktop.
|
||||
3. Copy the notebook folder and Paste it back into the OneDrive for Business folder.
|
||||
|
||||
Wait a few minutes to allow OneDrive to finish syncing & upgrading the notebook, and the folder should automatically convert to an Internet Shortcut. Opening the shortcut will open the notebook in the browser, which can then be opened in the OneNote client by using the “Open in app” button.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Limitation**: Microsoft Office Outlook offline data files (PST and OST files) are not marked as **Work** files, and are therefore not protected.
|
||||
- **How it appears**: If Microsoft Office Outlook is set to work in cached mode (default setting), or if some emails are stored in a local PST file, the data is unprotected.
|
||||
- **Workaround**: It is recommended to use Microsoft Office Outlook in Online mode, or to use encryption to protect OST and PST files manually.
|
||||
|
||||
> [!NOTE]
|
||||
> When corporate data is written to disk, WIP uses the Windows-provided Encrypting File System (EFS) to protect it and associate it with your enterprise identity. One caveat to keep in mind is that the Preview Pane in File Explorer will not work for encrypted files.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
> [!NOTE]
|
||||
> Help to make this topic better by providing us with edits, additions, and feedback. For info about how to contribute to this topic, see [Contributing to our content](https://github.com/Microsoft/windows-itpro-docs/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md).
|
||||
>
|
||||
> - When corporate data is written to disk, WIP uses the Windows-provided Encrypting File System (EFS) to protect it and associate it with your enterprise identity. One caveat to keep in mind is that the Preview Pane in File Explorer will not work for encrypted files.
|
||||
>
|
||||
> - Help to make this topic better by providing us with edits, additions, and feedback. For info about how to contribute to this topic, see [Contributing to our content](https://github.com/Microsoft/windows-itpro-docs/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md).
|
||||
|
@ -31,141 +31,128 @@ You can try any of the processes included in these scenarios, but you should foc
|
||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
>If any of these scenarios does not work, first take note of whether WIP has been revoked. If it has, unenlightened apps will have to be uninstalled and re-installed since their settings files will remain encrypted.
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<th>Scenario</th>
|
||||
<th>Processes</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Encrypt and decrypt files using File Explorer.</td>
|
||||
<td><b>For desktop:</b><br><br>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li>Open File Explorer, right-click a work document, and then click <b>Work</b> from the <b>File Ownership</b> menu.<br>Make sure the file is encrypted by right-clicking the file again, clicking <b>Advanced</b> from the <b>General</b> tab, and then clicking <b>Details</b> from the <b>Compress or Encrypt attributes</b> area. The file should show up under the heading, <b>This enterprise domain can remove or revoke access:</b> <em><your_enterprise_identity></em>. For example, contoso.com.</li>
|
||||
<li>In File Explorer, right-click the same document, and then click <b>Personal</b> from the <b>File Ownership</b> menu.<br>Make sure the file is decrypted by right-clicking the file again, clicking <b>Advanced</b> from the <b>General</b> tab, and then verifying that the <b>Details</b> button is unavailable.</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<b>For mobile:</b><br><br>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li>Open the File Explorer app, browse to a file location, click the elipsis (...), and then click <b>Select</b> to mark at least one file as work-related.</li>
|
||||
<li>Click the elipsis (...) again, click <b>File ownership</b> from the drop down menu, and then click <b>Work</b>.<br>Make sure the file is encrypted, by locating the <b>Briefcase</b> icon next to the file name.</li>
|
||||
<li>Select the same file, click <b>File ownership</b> from the drop down menu, and then click <b>Personal</b>.<br>Make sure the file is decrypted and that you're no longer seeing the <b>Briefcase</b> icon next to file name.</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Create work documents in enterprise-allowed apps.</td>
|
||||
<td><b>For desktop:</b><br><br>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Start an unenlightened but allowed app, such as a line-of-business app, and then create a new document, saving your changes.<br>Make sure the document is encrypted to your Enterprise Identity. This might take a few minutes and require you to close and re-open the file.<br><br><b>Important</b><br>Certain file types like <code>.exe</code> and <code>.dll</code>, along with certain file paths, such as <code>%windir%</code> and <code>%programfiles%</code> are excluded from automatic encryption.<br><br>For more info about your Enterprise Identity and adding apps to your allowed apps list, see either <a href="create-wip-policy-using-intune-azure.md" data-raw-source="[Create a Windows Information Protection (WIP) policy using Microsoft Intune](create-wip-policy-using-intune-azure.md)">Create a Windows Information Protection (WIP) policy using Microsoft Intune</a> or <a href="create-wip-policy-using-configmgr.md" data-raw-source="[Create a Windows Information Protection (WIP) policy using Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager](create-wip-policy-using-configmgr.md)">Create a Windows Information Protection (WIP) policy using Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager</a>, based on your deployment system.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<b>For mobile:</b><br><br>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li>Start an allowed mobile app, such as Word Mobile, create a new document, and then save your changes as <b>Work</b> to a local, work-related location.<br>Make sure the document is encrypted, by locating the <b>Briefcase</b> icon next to the file name.</li>
|
||||
<li>Open the same document and attempt to save it to a non-work-related location.<br>WIP should stop you from saving the file to this location.</li>
|
||||
<li>Open the same document one last time, make a change to the contents, and then save it again using the <b>Personal</b> option.<br>Make sure the file is decrypted and that you're no longer seeing the <b>Briefcase</b> icon next to file name.</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</td><br/> </tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Block enterprise data from non-enterprise apps.</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li>Start an app that doesn't appear on your allowed apps list, and then try to open a work-encrypted file.<br>The app shouldn't be able to access the file.</li>
|
||||
<li>Try double-clicking or tapping on the work-encrypted file.<br>If your default app association is an app not on your allowed apps list, you should get an <b>Access Denied</b> error message.</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Copy and paste from enterprise apps to non-enterprise apps.</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li>Copy (CTRL+C) content from an app on your allowed apps list, and then try to paste (CTRL+V) the content into an app that doesn't appear on your allowed apps list.<br>You should see a WIP-related warning box, asking you to click either <b>Change to personal</b> or <b>Keep at work</b>.</li>
|
||||
<li>Click <b>Keep at work</b>.<br>The content isn't pasted into the non-enterprise app.</li>
|
||||
<li>Repeat Step 1, but this time click <b>Change to personal</b>, and try to paste the content again.<br>The content is pasted into the non-enterprise app.</li>
|
||||
<li>Try copying and pasting content between apps on your allowed apps list.<br>The content should copy and paste between apps without any warning messages.</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Drag and drop from enterprise apps to non-enterprise apps.</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li>Drag content from an app on your allowed apps list, and then try to drop the content into an app that doesn't appear on your allowed apps list.<br>You should see a WIP-related warning box, asking you to click either <b>Keep at work</b> or <b>Change to personal</b>.</li>
|
||||
<li>Click <b>Keep at work</b>.<br>The content isn't dropped into the non-enterprise app.</li>
|
||||
<li>Repeat Step 1, but this time click <b>Change to personal</b>, and try to drop the content again.<br>The content is dropped into the non-enterprise app.</li>
|
||||
<li>Try dragging and dropping content between apps on your allowed apps list.<br>The content should move between the apps without any warning messages.</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Share between enterprise apps and non-enterprise apps.</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li>Open an app on your allowed apps list, like Microsoft Photos, and try to share content with an app that doesn't appear on your allowed apps list, like Facebook.<br>You should see a WIP-related warning box, asking you to click either <b>Keep at work</b> or <b>Change to personal</b>.</li>
|
||||
<li>Click <b>Keep at work</b>.<br>The content isn't shared into Facebook.</li>
|
||||
<li>Repeat Step 1, but this time click <b>Change to personal</b>, and try to share the content again.<br>The content is shared into Facebook.</li>
|
||||
<li>Try sharing content between apps on your allowed apps list.<br>The content should share between the apps without any warning messages.</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Verify that Windows system components can use WIP.</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li>Start Windows Journal and Internet Explorer 11, creating, editing, and saving files in both apps.<br>Make sure that all of the files you worked with are encrypted to your configured Enterprise Identity. In some cases, you might need to close the file and wait a few moments for it to be automatically encrypted.</li>
|
||||
<li>Open File Explorer and make sure your modified files are appearing with a <b>Lock</b> icon.</li>
|
||||
<li>Try copying and pasting, dragging and dropping, and sharing using these apps with other apps that appear both on and off the allowed apps list.<br><br><b>Note</b><br>Most Windows-signed components like File Explorer (when running in the user's context), should have access to enterprise data.<br><br>A few notable exceptions include some of the user-facing in-box apps, like Wordpad, Notepad, and Microsoft Paint. These apps don't have access by default, but can be added to your allowed apps list.</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Use WIP on NTFS, FAT, and exFAT systems.</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li>Start an app that uses the FAT or exFAT file system (for example a SD card or USB flash drive), and appears on your allowed apps list.</li>
|
||||
<li>Create, edit, write, save, copy, and move files.<br>Basic file and folder operations like copy, move, rename, delete, and so on, should work properly on encrypted files.</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Verify your shared files can use WIP.</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li>Download a file from a protected file share, making sure the file is encrypted by locating the <b>Briefcase</b> icon next to the file name.</li>
|
||||
<li>Open the same file, make a change, save it and then try to upload it back to the file share. Again, this should work without any warnings.</li>
|
||||
<li>Open an app that doesn't appear on your allowed apps list and attempt to access a file on the WIP-enabled file share.<br>The app shouldn't be able to access the file share.</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Verify your cloud resources can use WIP.</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li>Add both Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge to your allowed apps list.</li>
|
||||
<li>Open SharePoint (or another cloud resource that's part of your policy) and access a WIP-enabled resource by using both IE11 and Microsoft Edge.<br>Both browsers should respect the enterprise and personal boundary.</li>
|
||||
<li>Remove Internet Explorer 11 from your allowed app list and then try to access an intranet site or enterprise-related cloud resource.<br>IE11 shouldn't be able to access the sites.<br><br><b>Note</b><br>Any file downloaded from your work SharePoint site, or any other WIP-enabled cloud resource, is automatically marked as <b>Work</b>.</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Verify your Virtual Private Network (VPN) can be auto-triggered.</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li>Set up your VPN network to start based on the <b>WIPModeID</b> setting.<br>For specific info about how to do this, see the <a href="create-vpn-and-wip-policy-using-intune-azure.md" data-raw-source="[Create and deploy a VPN policy for Windows Information Protection (WIP) using Microsoft Intune](create-vpn-and-wip-policy-using-intune-azure.md)">Create and deploy a VPN policy for Windows Information Protection (WIP) using Microsoft Intune</a> topic.</li>
|
||||
<li>Start an app from your allowed apps list.<br>The VPN network should automatically start.</li>
|
||||
<li>Disconnect from your network and then start an app that isn't on your allowed apps list.<br>The VPN shouldn't start and the app shouldn't be able to access your enterprise network.</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Unenroll client devices from WIP.</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Unenroll a device from WIP by going to <b>Settings</b>, click <b>Accounts</b>, click <b>Work</b>, click the name of the device you want to unenroll, and then click <b>Remove</b>.<br>The device should be removed and all of the enterprise content for that managed account should be gone.<br><br><b>Important</b><br>On desktop devices, the data isn't removed and can be recovered, so you must make sure the content is marked as <b>Revoked</b> and that access is denied for the employee. On mobile devices, the data is removed.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
- **Encrypt and decrypt files using File Explorer**:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Open File Explorer, right-click a work document, and then click **Work** from the **File Ownership** menu.
|
||||
|
||||
Make sure the file is encrypted by right-clicking the file again, clicking **Advanced** from the **General** tab, and then clicking **Details** from the **Compress or Encrypt attributes** area. The file should show up under the heading, **This enterprise domain can remove or revoke access:** `*<your_enterprise_identity>*`. For example, `contoso.com`.
|
||||
|
||||
2. In File Explorer, right-click the same document, and then click **Personal** from the **File Ownership** menu.
|
||||
|
||||
Make sure the file is decrypted by right-clicking the file again, clicking **Advanced** from the **General** tab, and then verifying that the **Details** button is unavailable.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Create work documents in enterprise-allowed apps**: Start an unenlightened but allowed app, such as a line-of-business app, and then create a new document, saving your changes.
|
||||
|
||||
Make sure the document is encrypted to your Enterprise Identity. This might take a few minutes and require you to close and re-open the file.
|
||||
|
||||
> [!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
> Certain file types like `.exe` and `.dll`, along with certain file paths, such as `%windir%` and `%programfiles%` are excluded from automatic encryption.
|
||||
|
||||
For more info about your Enterprise Identity and adding apps to your allowed apps list, see either [Create a Windows Information Protection (WIP) policy using Microsoft Intune](create-wip-policy-using-intune-azure.md) or [Create a Windows Information Protection (WIP) policy using Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager](create-wip-policy-using-configmgr.md), based on your deployment system.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Block enterprise data from non-enterprise apps**:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Start an app that doesn't appear on your allowed apps list, and then try to open a work-encrypted file.
|
||||
|
||||
The app shouldn't be able to access the file.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Try double-clicking or tapping on the work-encrypted file. If your default app association is an app not on your allowed apps list, you should get an **Access Denied** error message.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Copy and paste from enterprise apps to non-enterprise apps**:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Copy (CTRL+C) content from an app on your allowed apps list, and then try to paste (CTRL+V) the content into an app that doesn't appear on your allowed apps list.
|
||||
|
||||
You should see a WIP-related warning box, asking you to click either **Change to personal** or **Keep at work**.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Click **Keep at work**. The content isn't pasted into the non-enterprise app.
|
||||
3. Repeat Step 1, but this time click **Change to personal**, and try to paste the content again.
|
||||
|
||||
The content is pasted into the non-enterprise app.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Try copying and pasting content between apps on your allowed apps list. The content should copy and paste between apps without any warning messages.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Drag and drop from enterprise apps to non-enterprise apps**:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Drag content from an app on your allowed apps list, and then try to drop the content into an app that doesn't appear on your allowed apps list.
|
||||
|
||||
You should see a WIP-related warning box, asking you to click either **Keep at work** or **Change to personal**.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Click **Keep at work**. The content isn't dropped into the non-enterprise app.
|
||||
3. Repeat Step 1, but this time click **Change to personal**, and try to drop the content again.
|
||||
|
||||
The content is dropped into the non-enterprise app.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Try dragging and dropping content between apps on your allowed apps list. The content should move between the apps without any warning messages.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Share between enterprise apps and non-enterprise apps**:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Open an app on your allowed apps list, like Microsoft Photos, and try to share content with an app that doesn't appear on your allowed apps list, like Facebook.
|
||||
|
||||
You should see a WIP-related warning box, asking you to click either **Keep at work** or **Change to personal**.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Click **Keep at work**. The content isn't shared into Facebook.
|
||||
3. Repeat Step 1, but this time click **Change to personal**, and try to share the content again.
|
||||
|
||||
The content is shared into Facebook.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Try sharing content between apps on your allowed apps list. The content should share between the apps without any warning messages.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Verify that Windows system components can use WIP**:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Start Windows Journal and Internet Explorer 11, creating, editing, and saving files in both apps.
|
||||
|
||||
Make sure that all of the files you worked with are encrypted to your configured Enterprise Identity. In some cases, you might need to close the file and wait a few moments for it to be automatically encrypted.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Open File Explorer and make sure your modified files are appearing with a **Lock** icon.
|
||||
3. Try copying and pasting, dragging and dropping, and sharing using these apps with other apps that appear both on and off the allowed apps list.
|
||||
|
||||
> [!NOTE]
|
||||
> Most Windows-signed components like File Explorer (when running in the user's context), should have access to enterprise data.
|
||||
>
|
||||
> A few notable exceptions include some of the user-facing in-box apps, like Wordpad, Notepad, and Microsoft Paint. These apps don't have access by default, but can be added to your allowed apps list.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Use WIP on NTFS, FAT, and exFAT systems**:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Start an app that uses the FAT or exFAT file system (for example a SD card or USB flash drive), and appears on your allowed apps list.
|
||||
2. Create, edit, write, save, copy, and move files. Basic file and folder operations like copy, move, rename, delete, and so on, should work properly on encrypted files.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Verify your shared files can use WIP**:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Download a file from a protected file share, making sure the file is encrypted by locating the **Briefcase** icon next to the file name.
|
||||
2. Open the same file, make a change, save it and then try to upload it back to the file share. Again, this should work without any warnings.
|
||||
3. Open an app that doesn't appear on your allowed apps list and attempt to access a file on the WIP-enabled file share.
|
||||
|
||||
The app shouldn't be able to access the file share.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Verify your cloud resources can use WIP**:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Add both Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge to your allowed apps list.
|
||||
2. Open SharePoint (or another cloud resource that's part of your policy) and access a WIP-enabled resource by using both IE11 and Microsoft Edge.
|
||||
|
||||
Both browsers should respect the enterprise and personal boundary.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Remove Internet Explorer 11 from your allowed app list and then try to access an intranet site or enterprise-related cloud resource.
|
||||
|
||||
IE11 shouldn't be able to access the sites.
|
||||
|
||||
> [!NOTE]
|
||||
> Any file downloaded from your work SharePoint site, or any other WIP-enabled cloud resource, is automatically marked as **Work**.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Verify your Virtual Private Network (VPN) can be auto-triggered**:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Set up your VPN network to start based on the **WIPModeID** setting. For specific info, see [Create and deploy a VPN policy for Windows Information Protection (WIP) using Microsoft Intune](create-vpn-and-wip-policy-using-intune-azure.md).
|
||||
2. Start an app from your allowed apps list. The VPN network should automatically start.
|
||||
3. Disconnect from your network and then start an app that isn't on your allowed apps list.
|
||||
|
||||
The VPN shouldn't start and the app shouldn't be able to access your enterprise network.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Unenroll client devices from WIP**: Unenroll a device from WIP by going to **Settings**, click **Accounts**, click **Work**, click the name of the device you want to unenroll, and then click **Remove**.
|
||||
|
||||
The device should be removed and all of the enterprise content for that managed account should be gone.
|
||||
|
||||
> [!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
> On client devices, the data isn't removed and can be recovered. So, you must make sure the content is marked as **Revoked** and that access is denied for the employee.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
>[!NOTE]
|
||||
>Help to make this topic better by providing us with edits, additions, and feedback. For info about how to contribute to this topic, see [Editing Windows IT professional documentation](https://github.com/Microsoft/windows-itpro-docs/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md).
|
||||
>Help to make this topic better by providing us with edits, additions, and feedback. For info about how to contribute, see [Editing Windows IT professional documentation](https://github.com/Microsoft/windows-itpro-docs/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md).
|
||||
|
@ -26,195 +26,56 @@ See [Windows 10 (and Windows 11) settings to protect devices using Intune](/intu
|
||||
|
||||
## Group Policy settings
|
||||
SmartScreen uses registry-based Administrative Template policy settings.
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<th align="left">Setting</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Supported on</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Description</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><b>Windows 10, version 2004:</b><br>Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Windows Defender SmartScreen\Explorer\Configure Windows Defender SmartScreen<p>
|
||||
<td><b>Windows 10, version 1703:</b><br>Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Windows Defender SmartScreen\Explorer\Configure Windows Defender SmartScreen<p><b>Windows 10, Version 1607 and earlier:</b><br>Administrative Templates\Windows Components\File Explorer\Configure Windows SmartScreen<br><br>
|
||||
<b>At least Windows Server 2012, Windows 8 or Windows RT</b></td>
|
||||
<td>This policy setting turns on Microsoft Defender SmartScreen.<p>If you enable this setting, it turns on Microsoft Defender SmartScreen and your employees are unable to turn it off. Additionally, when enabling this feature, you must also pick whether Microsoft Defender SmartScreen should Warn your employees or Warn and prevent bypassing the message (effectively blocking the employee from the site).<p>If you disable this setting, it turns off Microsoft Defender SmartScreen and your employees are unable to turn it on.<p>If you don't configure this setting, your employees can decide whether to use Microsoft Defender SmartScreen.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><b>Windows 10, version 2004:</b><br>Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Windows Defender SmartScreen\Explorer\Configure App Install Control</td>
|
||||
<td><b>Windows 10, version 1703:</b><br>Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Windows Defender SmartScreen\Explorer\Configure App Install Control</td>
|
||||
<td>This policy setting is intended to prevent malicious content from affecting your user's devices when downloading executable content from the internet.</br></br> This setting does not protect against malicious content from USB devices, network shares, or other non-internet sources.</p><p><b>Important:</b> Using a trustworthy browser helps ensure that these protections work as expected.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><b>Windows 10, version 2004:</b><br>Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Windows Defender SmartScreen\Microsoft Edge\Configure Windows Defender SmartScreen (Microsoft Edge version 45 and earlier)<p>Administrative Templates\Microsoft Edge\SmartScreen settings\Configure Microsoft Defender SmartScreen (Microsoft Edge version 77 or later)<p><b>Windows 10, version 1703:</b><br>Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Windows Defender SmartScreen\Microsoft Edge\Configure Windows Defender SmartScreen (Microsoft Edge version 45 and earlier)<p>Administrative Templates\Microsoft Edge\SmartScreen settings\Configure Microsoft Defender SmartScreen (Microsoft Edge version 77 or later)<p><b>Windows 10, Version 1607 and earlier:</b><br>Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Microsoft Edge\Configure Windows SmartScreen</td>
|
||||
<td>Microsoft Edge on Windows 10 or Windows 11</td>
|
||||
<td>This policy setting turns on Microsoft Defender SmartScreen.<p>If you enable this setting, it turns on Microsoft Defender SmartScreen and your employees are unable to turn it off.<p>If you disable this setting, it turns off Microsoft Defender SmartScreen and your employees are unable to turn it on.<p>If you don't configure this setting, your employees can decide whether to use Microsoft Defender SmartScreen.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><b>Windows 10, version 2004:</b><br>Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Windows Defender SmartScreen\Microsoft Edge\Prevent bypassing Windows Defender SmartScreen prompts for files (Microsoft Edge version 45 and earlier)<p>Administrative Templates\Microsoft Edge\SmartScreen settings\Prevent bypassing of Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings about downloads (Microsoft Edge version 77 or later)<p><b>Windows 10, version 1703:</b><br>Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Windows Defender SmartScreen\Microsoft Edge\Prevent bypassing Windows Defender SmartScreen prompts for files (Microsoft Edge version 45 and earlier)<p>Administrative Templates\Microsoft Edge\SmartScreen settings\Prevent bypassing of Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings about downloads (Microsoft Edge version 77 or later)<p><b>Windows 10, Version 1511 and 1607:</b><br>Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Microsoft Edge\Prevent bypassing Windows SmartScreen prompts for files</td>
|
||||
<td>Microsoft Edge on Windows 10, version 1511 or later</td>
|
||||
<td>This policy setting stops employees from bypassing the Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings about potentially malicious files.<p>If you enable this setting, it stops employees from bypassing the warning, stopping the file download.<p>If you disable or don't configure this setting, your employees can bypass the warnings and continue to download potentially malicious files.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><b>Windows 10, version 2004:</b><br>Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Windows Defender SmartScreen\Microsoft Edge\Prevent bypassing Windows Defender SmartScreen prompts for sites (Microsoft Edge version 45 and earlier)<p>Administrative Templates\Microsoft Edge\SmartScreen settings\Prevent bypassing Microsoft Defender SmartScreen prompts for sites (Microsoft Edge version 77 or later)<p><b>Windows 10, version 1703:</b><br>Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Windows Defender SmartScreen\Microsoft Edge\Prevent bypassing Windows Defender SmartScreen prompts for sites (Microsoft Edge version 45 and earlier)<p>Administrative Templates\Microsoft Edge\SmartScreen settings\Prevent bypassing Microsoft Defender SmartScreen prompts for sites (Microsoft Edge version 77 or later)<p><b>Windows 10, Version 1511 and 1607:</b><br>Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Microsoft Edge\Prevent bypassing Windows SmartScreen prompts for sites</td>
|
||||
<td>Microsoft Edge on Windows 10, version 1511 or later</td>
|
||||
<td>This policy setting stops employees from bypassing the Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings about potentially malicious sites.<p>If you enable this setting, it stops employees from bypassing the warning, stopping them from going to the site.<p>If you disable or don't configure this setting, your employees can bypass the warnings and continue to visit a potentially malicious site.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Prevent managing SmartScreen Filter</td>
|
||||
<td>Internet Explorer 9 or later</td>
|
||||
<td>This policy setting prevents the employee from managing Microsoft Defender SmartScreen.<p>If you enable this policy setting, the employee isn't prompted to turn on Microsoft Defender SmartScreen. All website addresses that are not on the filter's allow list are sent automatically to Microsoft without prompting the employee.<p>If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the employee is prompted to decide whether to turn on Microsoft Defender SmartScreen during the first-run experience.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Prevent bypassing SmartScreen Filter warnings</td>
|
||||
<td>Internet Explorer 8 or later</td>
|
||||
<td>This policy setting determines whether an employee can bypass warnings from Microsoft Defender SmartScreen.<p>If you enable this policy setting, Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings block the employee.<p>If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the employee can bypass Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Prevent bypassing SmartScreen Filter warnings about files that are not commonly downloaded from the Internet</td>
|
||||
<td>Internet Explorer 9 or later</td>
|
||||
<td>This policy setting determines whether the employee can bypass warnings from Microsoft Defender SmartScreen. Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warns the employee about executable files that Internet Explorer users do not commonly download from the Internet.<p>If you enable this policy setting, Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings block the employee.<p>If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the employee can bypass Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
Setting|Supported on|Description|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|**Windows 10, version 2004:** Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Windows Defender SmartScreen\Explorer\Configure Windows Defender SmartScreen|**Windows 10, version 1703:** Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Windows Defender SmartScreen\Explorer\Configure Windows Defender SmartScreen<br/><br/>**Windows 10, Version 1607 and earlier:** Administrative Templates\Windows Components\File Explorer\Configure Windows SmartScreen<br/><br/>**At least Windows Server 2012, Windows 8 or Windows RT**|This policy setting turns on Microsoft Defender SmartScreen. <br/><br/>If you enable this setting, it turns on Microsoft Defender SmartScreen and your employees are unable to turn it off. Additionally, when enabling this feature, you must also pick whether Microsoft Defender SmartScreen should Warn your employees or Warn and prevent bypassing the message (effectively blocking the employee from the site).<br/><br/>If you disable this setting, it turns off Microsoft Defender SmartScreen and your employees are unable to turn it on. <br/><br/>If you don't configure this setting, your employees can decide whether to use Microsoft Defender SmartScreen.|
|
||||
|**Windows 10, version 2004:** Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Windows Defender SmartScreen\Explorer\Configure App Install Control|**Windows 10, version 1703:** Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Windows Defender SmartScreen\Explorer\Configure App Install Control|This policy setting is intended to prevent malicious content from affecting your user's devices when downloading executable content from the internet.<br/><br/>This setting does not protect against malicious content from USB devices, network shares, or other non-internet sources.<br/><br/>**Important:** Using a trustworthy browser helps ensure that these protections work as expected.|
|
||||
|**Windows 10, version 2004:** Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Windows Defender SmartScreen\Microsoft Edge\Configure Windows Defender SmartScreen (Microsoft Edge version 45 and earlier)<br/><br/>Administrative Templates\Microsoft Edge\SmartScreen settings\Configure Microsoft Defender SmartScreen (Microsoft Edge version 77 or later)<br/><br/>**Windows 10, version 1703:** Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Windows Defender SmartScreen\Microsoft Edge\Configure Windows Defender SmartScreen (Microsoft Edge version 45 and earlier)<br/><br/>Administrative Templates\Microsoft Edge\SmartScreen settings\Configure Microsoft Defender SmartScreen (Microsoft Edge version 77 or later)<br/><br/>**Windows 10, Version 1607 and earlier:** Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Microsoft Edge\Configure Windows SmartScreen|Microsoft Edge on Windows 10 or Windows 11|This policy setting turns on Microsoft Defender SmartScreen. <br/><br/>If you enable this setting, it turns on Microsoft Defender SmartScreen and your employees are unable to turn it off.<br/><br/>If you disable this setting, it turns off Microsoft Defender SmartScreen and your employees are unable to turn it on. <br/><br/>If you don't configure this setting, your employees can decide whether to use Microsoft Defender SmartScreen.|
|
||||
|**Windows 10, version 2004:** Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Windows Defender SmartScreen\Microsoft Edge\Prevent bypassing Windows Defender SmartScreen prompts for files (Microsoft Edge version 45 and earlier)<br/><br/>Administrative Templates\Microsoft Edge\SmartScreen settings\Prevent bypassing of Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings about downloads (Microsoft Edge version 77 or later)<br/><br/>**Windows 10, version 1703:** Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Windows Defender SmartScreen\Microsoft Edge\Prevent bypassing Windows Defender SmartScreen prompts for files (Microsoft Edge version 45 and earlier)<br/><br/>Administrative Templates\Microsoft Edge\SmartScreen settings\Prevent bypassing of Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings about downloads (Microsoft Edge version 77 or later)<br/><br/>**Windows 10, Version 1511 and 1607:** Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Microsoft Edge\Prevent bypassing Windows SmartScreen prompts for files|Microsoft Edge on Windows 10, version 1511 or later|This policy setting stops employees from bypassing the Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings about potentially malicious files.<br/><br/>If you enable this setting, it stops employees from bypassing the warning, stopping the file download.<br/><br/>If you disable or don't configure this setting, your employees can bypass the warnings and continue to download potentially malicious files.|
|
||||
|**Windows 10, version 2004:** Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Windows Defender SmartScreen\Microsoft Edge\Prevent bypassing Windows Defender SmartScreen prompts for sites (Microsoft Edge version 45 and earlier)<br/><br/>Administrative Templates\Microsoft Edge\SmartScreen settings\Prevent bypassing Microsoft Defender SmartScreen prompts for sites (Microsoft Edge version 77 or later)<br/><br/>**Windows 10, version 1703:** Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Windows Defender SmartScreen\Microsoft Edge\Prevent bypassing Windows Defender SmartScreen prompts for sites (Microsoft Edge version 45 and earlier)<br/><br/>Administrative Templates\Microsoft Edge\SmartScreen settings\Prevent bypassing Microsoft Defender SmartScreen prompts for sites (Microsoft Edge version 77 or later)<br/><br/>**Windows 10, Version 1511 and 1607:** Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Microsoft Edge\Prevent bypassing Windows SmartScreen prompts for sites|Microsoft Edge on Windows 10, version 1511 or later|This policy setting stops employees from bypassing the Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings about potentially malicious sites.<br/><br/>If you enable this setting, it stops employees from bypassing the warning, stopping them from going to the site.<br/><br/>If you disable or don't configure this setting, your employees can bypass the warnings and continue to visit a potentially malicious site.|
|
||||
|Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Prevent managing SmartScreen Filter|Internet Explorer 9 or later|This policy setting prevents the employee from managing Microsoft Defender SmartScreen.<br/><br/>If you enable this policy setting, the employee isn't prompted to turn on Microsoft Defender SmartScreen. All website addresses that are not on the filter's allow list are sent automatically to Microsoft without prompting the employee.<br/><br/>If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the employee is prompted to decide whether to turn on Microsoft Defender SmartScreen during the first-run experience.|
|
||||
|Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Prevent bypassing SmartScreen Filter warnings|Internet Explorer 8 or later|This policy setting determines whether an employee can bypass warnings from Microsoft Defender SmartScreen.<br/><br/>If you enable this policy setting, Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings block the employee.<br/><br/>If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the employee can bypass Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings.|
|
||||
|Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Prevent bypassing SmartScreen Filter warnings about files that are not commonly downloaded from the Internet|Internet Explorer 9 or later|This policy setting determines whether the employee can bypass warnings from Microsoft Defender SmartScreen. Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warns the employee about executable files that Internet Explorer users do not commonly download from the Internet.<br/><br/>If you enable this policy setting, Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings block the employee.<br/><br/>If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the employee can bypass Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings.|
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## MDM settings
|
||||
If you manage your policies using Microsoft Intune, you'll want to use these MDM policy settings. All settings support desktop computers running Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 Enterprise, enrolled with Microsoft Intune. <br><br>
|
||||
For Microsoft Defender SmartScreen Edge MDM policies, see [Policy CSP - Browser](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser).
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<th align="left">Setting</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Supported versions</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Details</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>AllowSmartScreen</td>
|
||||
<td>Windows 10</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><b>URI full path.</b> ./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/Browser/AllowSmartScreen</li>
|
||||
<li><b>Data type.</b> Integer</li>
|
||||
<li><b>Allowed values:</b><ul>
|
||||
<li><b>0 .</b> Turns off Microsoft Defender SmartScreen in Edge.</li>
|
||||
<li><b>1.</b> Turns on Microsoft Defender SmartScreen in Edge.</li></ul></li></ul>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>EnableAppInstallControl</td>
|
||||
<td>Windows 10, version 1703</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><b>URI full path.</b> ./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/SmartScreen/EnableAppInstallControl</li>
|
||||
<li><b>Data type.</b> Integer</li>
|
||||
<li><b>Allowed values:</b><ul>
|
||||
<li><b>0 .</b> Turns off Application Installation Control, allowing users to download and install files from anywhere on the web.</li>
|
||||
<li><b>1.</b> Turns on Application Installation Control, allowing users to install apps from the Microsoft Store only.</li></ul></li></ul>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>EnableSmartScreenInShell</td>
|
||||
<td>Windows 10, version 1703</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><b>URI full path.</b> ./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/SmartScreen/EnableSmartScreenInShell</li>
|
||||
<li><b>Data type.</b> Integer</li>
|
||||
<li><b>Allowed values:</b><ul>
|
||||
<li><b>0 .</b> Turns off Microsoft Defender SmartScreen in Windows for app and file execution.</li>
|
||||
<li><b>1.</b> Turns on Microsoft Defender SmartScreen in Windows for app and file execution.</li></ul></li></ul>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>PreventOverrideForFilesInShell</td>
|
||||
<td>Windows 10, version 1703</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><b>URI full path.</b> ./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/SmartScreen/PreventOverrideForFilesInShell</li>
|
||||
<li><b>Data type.</b> Integer</li>
|
||||
<li><b>Allowed values:</b><ul>
|
||||
<li><b>0 .</b> Employees can ignore Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings and run malicious files.</li>
|
||||
<li><b>1.</b> Employees can't ignore Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings and run malicious files.</li></ul></li></ul>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>PreventSmartScreenPromptOverride</td>
|
||||
<td>Windows 10, Version 1511 and Windows 11</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><b>URI full path.</b> ./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/Browser/PreventSmartscreenPromptOverride</li>
|
||||
<li><b>Data type.</b> Integer</li>
|
||||
<li><b>Allowed values:</b><ul>
|
||||
<li><b>0 .</b> Employees can ignore Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings.</li>
|
||||
<li><b>1.</b> Employees can't ignore Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings.</li></ul></li></ul>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>PreventSmartScreenPromptOverrideForFiles</td>
|
||||
<td>Windows 10, Version 1511 and Windows 11</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><b>URI full path.</b> ./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/Browser/PreventSmartScreenPromptOverrideForFiles</li>
|
||||
<li><b>Data type.</b> Integer</li>
|
||||
<li><b>Allowed values:</b><ul>
|
||||
<li><b>0 .</b> Employees can ignore Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings for files.</li>
|
||||
<li><b>1.</b> Employees can't ignore Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings for files.</li></ul></li></ul>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|Setting|Supported versions|Details|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|AllowSmartScreen|Windows 10|<li>**URI full path.** ./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/Browser/AllowSmartScreen<li>**Data type.** Integer**Allowed values:**<ul><li>**0 .** Turns off Microsoft Defender SmartScreen in Edge.<li>**1.** Turns on Microsoft Defender SmartScreen in Edge.|
|
||||
|EnableAppInstallControl|Windows 10, version 1703|<li>**URI full path.** ./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/SmartScreen/EnableAppInstallControl<li>**Data type.** Integer**Allowed values:**<ul><li>**0 .** Turns off Application Installation Control, allowing users to download and install files from anywhere on the web.<li>**1.** Turns on Application Installation Control, allowing users to install apps from the Microsoft Store only.|
|
||||
|EnableSmartScreenInShell|Windows 10, version 1703|<li>**URI full path.** ./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/SmartScreen/EnableSmartScreenInShell<li>**Data type.** Integer**Allowed values:**<ul><li>**0 .** Turns off Microsoft Defender SmartScreen in Windows for app and file execution.<li>**1.** Turns on Microsoft Defender SmartScreen in Windows for app and file execution.|
|
||||
|PreventOverrideForFilesInShell|Windows 10, version 1703|<li>**URI full path.** ./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/SmartScreen/PreventOverrideForFilesInShell<li>**Data type.** Integer**Allowed values:**<ul><li>**0 .** Employees can ignore Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings and run malicious files.<li>**1.** Employees can't ignore Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings and run malicious files.|
|
||||
|PreventSmartScreenPromptOverride|Windows 10, Version 1511 and Windows 11|<li>**URI full path.** ./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/Browser/PreventSmartscreenPromptOverride<li>**Data type.** Integer**Allowed values:**<ul><li>**0 .** Employees can ignore Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings.<li>**1.** Employees can't ignore Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings.|
|
||||
|PreventSmartScreenPromptOverrideForFiles|Windows 10, Version 1511 and Windows 11|<li>**URI full path.** ./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/Browser/PreventSmartScreenPromptOverrideForFiles<li>**Data type.** Integer**Allowed values:**<ul><li>**0 .** Employees can ignore Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings for files.<li>**1.** Employees can't ignore Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings for files.|
|
||||
|
||||
## Recommended Group Policy and MDM settings for your organization
|
||||
By default, Microsoft Defender SmartScreen lets employees bypass warnings. Unfortunately, this feature can let employees continue to an unsafe site or to continue to download an unsafe file, even after being warned. Because of this possibility, we strongly recommend that you set up Microsoft Defender SmartScreen to block high-risk interactions instead of providing just a warning.
|
||||
|
||||
To better help you protect your organization, we recommend turning on and using these specific Microsoft Defender SmartScreen Group Policy and MDM settings.
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<th align="left">Group Policy setting</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Recommendation</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Microsoft Edge\Configure Windows Defender SmartScreen (Microsoft Edge version 45 and earlier)<p>Administrative Templates\Microsoft Edge\SmartScreen settings\Configure Microsoft Defender SmartScreen (Microsoft Edge version 77 or later)</td>
|
||||
<td><b>Enable.</b> Turns on Microsoft Defender SmartScreen.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Microsoft Edge\Prevent bypassing Windows Defender SmartScreen prompts for sites (Microsoft Edge version 45 and earlier)<p>Administrative Templates\Microsoft Edge\SmartScreen settings\Prevent bypassing Windows Defender SmartScreen prompts for sites (Microsoft Edge version 77 or later)</td>
|
||||
<td><b>Enable.</b> Stops employees from ignoring warning messages and continuing to a potentially malicious website.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Microsoft Edge\Prevent bypassing Windows Defender SmartScreen prompts for files (Microsoft Edge version 45 and earlier)<p>Administrative Templates\Microsoft Edge\SmartScreen settings\Prevent bypassing of Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings about downloads (Microsoft Edge version 77 or later) </td>
|
||||
<td><b>Enable.</b> Stops employees from ignoring warning messages and continuing to download potentially malicious files.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Administrative Templates\Windows Components\File Explorer\Configure Windows Defender SmartScreen</td>
|
||||
<td><b>Enable with the Warn and prevent bypass option.</b> Stops employees from ignoring warning messages about malicious files downloaded from the Internet.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<th align="left">MDM setting</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Recommendation</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Browser/AllowSmartScreen</td>
|
||||
<td><b>1.</b> Turns on Microsoft Defender SmartScreen.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Browser/PreventSmartScreenPromptOverride</td>
|
||||
<td><b>1.</b> Stops employees from ignoring warning messages and continuing to a potentially malicious website.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>Browser/PreventSmartScreenPromptOverrideForFiles</td>
|
||||
<td><b>1.</b> Stops employees from ignoring warning messages and continuing to download potentially malicious files.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>SmartScreen/EnableSmartScreenInShell</td>
|
||||
<td><b>1.</b> Turns on Microsoft Defender SmartScreen in Windows.<p>Requires at least Windows 10, version 1703.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td>SmartScreen/PreventOverrideForFilesInShell</td>
|
||||
<td><b>1.</b> Stops employees from ignoring warning messages about malicious files downloaded from the Internet.<p>Requires at least Windows 10, version 1703.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|Group Policy setting|Recommendation|
|
||||
|--- |--- |
|
||||
|Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Microsoft Edge\Configure Windows Defender SmartScreen (Microsoft Edge version 45 and earlier)<br/><br/>Administrative Templates\Microsoft Edge\SmartScreen settings\Configure Microsoft Defender SmartScreen (Microsoft Edge version 77 or later)|**Enable.** Turns on Microsoft Defender SmartScreen.|
|
||||
|Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Microsoft Edge\Prevent bypassing Windows Defender SmartScreen prompts for sites (Microsoft Edge version 45 and earlier)<br/><br/>Administrative Templates\Microsoft Edge\SmartScreen settings\Prevent bypassing Windows Defender SmartScreen prompts for sites (Microsoft Edge version 77 or later)|**Enable.** Stops employees from ignoring warning messages and continuing to a potentially malicious website.|
|
||||
|Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Microsoft Edge\Prevent bypassing Windows Defender SmartScreen prompts for files (Microsoft Edge version 45 and earlier)<br/><br/>Administrative Templates\Microsoft Edge\SmartScreen settings\Prevent bypassing of Microsoft Defender SmartScreen warnings about downloads (Microsoft Edge version 77 or later)|**Enable.** Stops employees from ignoring warning messages and continuing to download potentially malicious files.|
|
||||
|Administrative Templates\Windows Components\File Explorer\Configure Windows Defender SmartScreen|**Enable with the Warn and prevent bypass option.** Stops employees from ignoring warning messages about malicious files downloaded from the Internet.|
|
||||
|
||||
|MDM setting|Recommendation|
|
||||
|--- |--- |
|
||||
|Browser/AllowSmartScreen|**1.** Turns on Microsoft Defender SmartScreen.|
|
||||
|Browser/PreventSmartScreenPromptOverride|**1.** Stops employees from ignoring warning messages and continuing to a potentially malicious website.|
|
||||
|Browser/PreventSmartScreenPromptOverrideForFiles|**1.** Stops employees from ignoring warning messages and continuing to download potentially malicious files.|
|
||||
|SmartScreen/EnableSmartScreenInShell|**1.** Turns on Microsoft Defender SmartScreen in Windows.<br/><br/>Requires at least Windows 10, version 1703.|
|
||||
|SmartScreen/PreventOverrideForFilesInShell|**1.** Stops employees from ignoring warning messages about malicious files downloaded from the Internet.<br/><br/>Requires at least Windows 10, version 1703.|
|
||||
|
||||
## Related topics
|
||||
|
||||
- [Threat protection](../index.md)
|
||||
|
||||
- [Microsoft Defender SmartScreen overview](microsoft-defender-smartscreen-overview.md)
|
||||
|
||||
- [Available Group Policy and Mobile Device Management (MDM) settings for Microsoft Edge](/microsoft-edge/deploy/available-policies)
|
||||
- [Available Group Policy and Mobile Device Management (MDM) settings for Microsoft Edge](/microsoft-edge/deploy/available-policies)
|
||||
|
@ -308,58 +308,13 @@ The following table lists EMET features in relation to Windows 10 features.
|
||||
|
||||
### Table 5 EMET features in relation to Windows 10 features
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th>Specific EMET features</th>
|
||||
<th>How these EMET features map<br />
|
||||
to Windows 10 features</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td><ul>
|
||||
<li><p>DEP</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>SEHOP</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>ASLR (Force ASLR, Bottom-up ASLR)</p></li>
|
||||
</ul></td>
|
||||
<td><p>DEP, SEHOP, and ASLR are included in Windows 10 as configurable features. See <a href="#table-2">Table 2</a>, earlier in this topic.</p>
|
||||
<p>You can install the ProcessMitigations PowerShell module to convert your EMET settings for these features into policies that you can apply to Windows 10.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td><ul>
|
||||
<li><p>Load Library Check (LoadLib)</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Memory Protection Check (MemProt)</p></li>
|
||||
</ul></td>
|
||||
<td>LoadLib and MemProt are supported in Windows 10, for all applications that are written to use these functions. See <a href="#functions-that-software-vendors-can-use-to-build-mitigations-into-apps">Table 4</a>, earlier in this topic.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td><ul>
|
||||
<li><p>Null Page</p></li>
|
||||
</ul></td>
|
||||
<td>Mitigations for this threat are built into Windows 10, as described in the "Memory reservations" item in <a href="#kernel-pool-protections">Kernel pool protections</a>, earlier in this topic.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td><ul>
|
||||
<li><p>Heap Spray</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>EAF</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>EAF+</p></li>
|
||||
</ul></td>
|
||||
<td>Windows 10 does not include mitigations that map specifically to these EMET features because they have low impact in the current threat landscape, and do not significantly increase the difficulty of exploiting vulnerabilities. Microsoft remains committed to monitoring the security environment as new exploits appear and taking steps to harden the operating system against them.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td><ul>
|
||||
<li><p>Caller Check</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Simulate Execution Flow</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Stack Pivot</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Deep Hooks (an ROP "Advanced Mitigation")</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Anti Detours (an ROP "Advanced Mitigation")</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Banned Functions (an ROP "Advanced Mitigation")</p></li>
|
||||
</ul></td>
|
||||
<td>Mitigated in Windows 10 with applications compiled with Control Flow Guard, as described in <a href="#control-flow-guard">Control Flow Guard</a>, earlier in this topic.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|Specific EMET features|How these EMET features map to Windows 10 features|
|
||||
|--- |--- |
|
||||
|<li>DEP<li>SEHOP<li>ASLR (Force ASLR, Bottom-up ASLR)|DEP, SEHOP, and ASLR are included in Windows 10 as configurable features. See [Table 2](#table-2), earlier in this topic.You can install the ProcessMitigations PowerShell module to convert your EMET settings for these features into policies that you can apply to Windows 10.|
|
||||
|<li>Load Library Check (LoadLib)<li>Memory Protection Check (MemProt)|LoadLib and MemProt are supported in Windows 10, for all applications that are written to use these functions. See [Table 4](#functions-that-software-vendors-can-use-to-build-mitigations-into-apps), earlier in this topic.|
|
||||
|Null Page|Mitigations for this threat are built into Windows 10, as described in the "Memory reservations" item in [Kernel pool protections](#kernel-pool-protections), earlier in this topic.|
|
||||
|<li>Heap Spray<li>EAF<li>EAF+|Windows 10 does not include mitigations that map specifically to these EMET features because they have low impact in the current threat landscape, and do not significantly increase the difficulty of exploiting vulnerabilities. Microsoft remains committed to monitoring the security environment as new exploits appear and taking steps to harden the operating system against them.|
|
||||
|<li>Caller Check<li>Simulate Execution Flow<li>Stack Pivot<li>Deep Hooks (an ROP "Advanced Mitigation")<li>Anti Detours (an ROP "Advanced Mitigation")<li>Banned Functions (an ROP "Advanced Mitigation")|Mitigated in Windows 10 with applications compiled with Control Flow Guard, as described in [Control Flow Guard](#control-flow-guard), earlier in this topic.|
|
||||
|
||||
### Converting an EMET XML settings file into Windows 10 mitigation policies
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -336,49 +336,13 @@ For more information on device health attestation, see the [Detect an unhealthy
|
||||
|
||||
The following table details the hardware requirements for both virtualization-based security services and the health attestation feature. For more information, see [Minimum hardware requirements](/windows-hardware/design/minimum/minimum-hardware-requirements-overview).
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="50%" />
|
||||
<col width="50%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th align="left">Hardware</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Motivation</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>UEFI 2.3.1 or later firmware with Secure Boot enabled</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Required to support UEFI Secure Boot.</p>
|
||||
<p>UEFI Secure Boot ensures that the device boots only authorized code.</p>
|
||||
<p>Additionally, Boot Integrity (Platform Secure Boot) must be supported following the requirements in Hardware Compatibility Specification for Systems for Windows 10 under the subsection: “System.Fundamentals.Firmware.CS.UEFISecureBoot.ConnectedStandby”</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Virtualization extensions, such as Intel VT-x, AMD-V, and SLAT must be enabled</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Required to support virtualization-based security.</p>
|
||||
<div class="alert">
|
||||
<b>Note</b><br/><p>Device Guard can be enabled without using virtualization-based security.</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
|
||||
</div></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>X64 processor</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Required to support virtualization-based security that uses Windows Hypervisor. Hyper-V is supported only on x64 processor (and not on x86).</p>
|
||||
<p>Direct Memory Access (DMA) protection can be enabled to provide additional memory protection but requires processors to include DMA protection technologies.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>IOMMU, such as Intel VT-d, AMD-Vi</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Support for the IOMMU in Windows 10 enhances system resiliency against DMA attacks.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Trusted Platform Module (TPM) </p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Required to support health attestation and necessary for additional key protections for virtualization-based security. TPM 2.0 is supported. Support for TPM 1.2 was added beginning in Windows 10, version 1607 (RS1)</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|Hardware|Motivation|
|
||||
|--- |--- |
|
||||
|UEFI 2.3.1 or later firmware with Secure Boot enabled|Required to support UEFI Secure Boot.<p>UEFI Secure Boot ensures that the device boots only authorized code.<p>Additionally, Boot Integrity (Platform Secure Boot) must be supported following the requirements in Hardware Compatibility Specification for Systems for Windows 10 under the subsection: “System.Fundamentals.Firmware.CS.UEFISecureBoot.ConnectedStandby”|
|
||||
|Virtualization extensions, such as Intel VT-x, AMD-V, and SLAT must be enabled|Required to support virtualization-based security.<div class="alert">**Note:** Device Guard can be enabled without using virtualization-based security.</div>|
|
||||
|X64 processor|Required to support virtualization-based security that uses Windows Hypervisor. Hyper-V is supported only on x64 processor (and not on x86).<p>Direct Memory Access (DMA) protection can be enabled to provide additional memory protection but requires processors to include DMA protection technologies.|
|
||||
|IOMMU, such as Intel VT-d, AMD-Vi|Support for the IOMMU in Windows 10 enhances system resiliency against DMA attacks.|
|
||||
|Trusted Platform Module (TPM)|Required to support health attestation and necessary for additional key protections for virtualization-based security. TPM 2.0 is supported. Support for TPM 1.2 was added beginning in Windows 10, version 1607 (RS1)|
|
||||
|
||||
This section presented information about several closely related controls in Windows 10. The multi-layer defenses and in-depth approach helps to eradicate low-level malware during boot sequence. Virtualization-based security is a fundamental operating system architecture change that adds a new security boundary. Device Guard and Credential Guard respectively help to block untrusted code and protect corporate domain credentials from theft and reuse. This section also briefly discussed the importance of managing devices and patching vulnerabilities. All these technologies can be used to harden and lock down devices while limiting the risk of attackers compromising them.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -591,36 +555,9 @@ For completeness of the measurements, see [Health Attestation CSP](/windows/clie
|
||||
|
||||
The following table presents some key items that can be reported back to MDM depending on the type of Windows 10-based device.
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="50%" />
|
||||
<col width="50%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th align="left">OS type</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Key items that can be reported</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Windows 10 for desktop editions</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><ul>
|
||||
<li><p>PCR0 measurement</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Secure Boot Enabled</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Secure Boot db matches Expected</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Secure Boot dbx is up to date</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Secure Boot policy GUID matches Expected</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>BitLocker enabled</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Virtualization-based security enabled</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>ELAM was loaded</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Code Integrity version is up to date</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Code Integrity policy hash matches Expected</p></li>
|
||||
</ul></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|OS type|Key items that can be reported|
|
||||
|--- |--- |
|
||||
|Windows 10 for desktop editions|<li>PCR0 measurement<li>Secure Boot Enabled<li>Secure Boot db matches Expected<li>Secure Boot dbx is up to date<li>Secure Boot policy GUID matches Expected<li>BitLocker enabled<li>Virtualization-based security enabled<li>ELAM was loaded<li>Code Integrity version is up to date<li>Code Integrity policy hash matches Expected|
|
||||
|
||||
### Leverage MDM and the Health Attestation Service
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -30,18 +30,9 @@ Describes the best practices, location, values, management practices, and securi
|
||||
The **Audit: Shut down system immediately if unable to log security audits** policy setting determines whether the system shuts down if it is unable to log security events. This policy setting is a requirement for Trusted Computer System Evaluation Criteria (TCSEC)-C2 and Common Criteria certification to prevent auditable events from occurring if the audit system is unable to log those events. Microsoft has chosen to meet this requirement by halting the system and displaying a Stop message in the case of a failure of the auditing system. Enabling this policy setting stops the system if a security audit cannot be logged for any reason. Typically, an event fails to be logged when the security audit log is full and the value of **Retention method for security log** is **Do not overwrite events (clear log manually)** or **Overwrite events by days**.
|
||||
|
||||
With **Audit: Shut down system immediately if unable to log security audits** set to **Enabled**, if the security log is full and an existing entry cannot be overwritten, the following Stop message appears:
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="100%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>STOP: C0000244 {Audit Failed}</p>
|
||||
<p>An attempt to generate a security audit failed.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**STOP: C0000244 {Audit Failed}**: An attempt to generate a security audit failed.
|
||||
|
||||
To recover, you must log on, archive the log (optional), clear the log, and reset this option as desired.
|
||||
|
||||
If the computer is unable to record events to the security log, critical evidence or important troubleshooting information might not be available for review after a security incident.
|
||||
|
@ -44,7 +44,8 @@ Because Windows Hello is supported across all Windows 10 devices, organizations
|
||||
|
||||
Windows Hello supports iris scan, fingerprint, and facial recognition-based authentication for devices that have biometric sensors.
|
||||
|
||||
>**Note:** When Windows 10 first shipped, it included **Microsoft Passport** and **Windows Hello**, which worked together to provide multifactor authentication. To simplify deployment and improve supportability, Microsoft has combined these technologies into a single solution under the **Windows Hello** name. Customers who have already deployed these technologies will not experience any change in functionality. Customers who have yet to evaluate Windows Hello will find it easier to deploy due to simplified policies, documentation, and semantics.
|
||||
> [!NOTE]
|
||||
> When Windows 10 first shipped, it included **Microsoft Passport** and **Windows Hello**, which worked together to provide multifactor authentication. To simplify deployment and improve supportability, Microsoft has combined these technologies into a single solution under the **Windows Hello** name. Customers who have already deployed these technologies will not experience any change in functionality. Customers who have yet to evaluate Windows Hello will find it easier to deploy due to simplified policies, documentation, and semantics.
|
||||
|
||||
### <a href="" id="secured-credentials"></a>Secured credentials
|
||||
|
||||
@ -61,7 +62,8 @@ Windows Hello supports three biometric sensor scenarios:
|
||||
- **Fingerprint recognition** uses a sensor to scan the user’s fingerprint. Although fingerprint readers have been available for computers running the Windows operating system for years, the detection, anti-spoofing, and recognition algorithms in Windows 10 are more advanced than in previous Windows versions. Most existing fingerprint readers (whether external to or integrated into laptops or USB keyboards) that support the Windows Biometric Framework will work with Windows Hello.
|
||||
- **Iris scanning** uses cameras designed to scan the user’s iris, the colorful and highly detailed portion of the eye. Because the data must be accurate, iris scanning uses a combination of an IR light source and a high-quality camera. Microsoft Lumia 950 and 950 XL devices support this technology.
|
||||
|
||||
>Users must create an unlock PIN while they enroll a biometric gesture. The device uses this PIN as a fallback mechanism in situations where it cannot capture the biometric gesture.
|
||||
> [!NOTE]
|
||||
> Users must create an unlock PIN while they enroll a biometric gesture. The device uses this PIN as a fallback mechanism in situations where it cannot capture the biometric gesture.
|
||||
|
||||
All three of these biometric factors – face, finger, and iris – are unique to an individual. To capture enough data to uniquely identify an individual, a biometric scanner might initially capture images in multiple conditions or with additional details. For example, an iris scanner will capture images of both eyes or both eyes with and without eyeglasses or contact lenses.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -156,59 +158,21 @@ Windows 10 Mobile supports both [FIPS 140 standards](http://csrc.nist.gov/groups
|
||||
The best way to fight malware is prevention. Windows 10 Mobile provides strong malware resistance through secured hardware, startup process defenses, core operating system architecture, and application-level protections.
|
||||
The table below outlines how Windows 10 Mobile mitigates specific malware threats.
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="40%" />
|
||||
<col width="60%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th align="left">Threat</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Windows 10 Mobile mitigation</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Firmware bootkits replace the firmware with malware.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>All certified devices include Unified Extensible Firmware (UEFI) with Secure Boot, which requires signed firmware for updates to UEFI and Option ROMs.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Bootkits start malware before Windows starts.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>UEFI with Secure Boot verifies Windows bootloader integrity to help ensure that no malicious operating system can start before Windows.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>System or driver rootkits (typically malicious software that hides from the operating system) start kernel- level malware while Windows is starting, before antimalware solutions can start.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Windows Trusted Boot verifies Windows boot components, including Microsoft drivers. Measured Boot runs in parallel with Trusted Boot and can provide information to a remote server that verifies the boot state of the device to help ensure that Trusted Boot and other boot components successfully checked the system.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>An app infects other apps or the operating system with malware.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>All Windows 10 Mobile apps run inside an AppContainer that isolates them from all other processes and sensitive operating system components. Apps cannot access any resources outside their AppContainer.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>An unauthorized app or malware attempts to start on the device.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>All Windows 10 Mobile apps must come from Microsoft Store or Microsoft Store for Business. Device Guard enforces administrative policies to select exactly which apps are allowed to run.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>User-level malware exploits a vulnerability in the system or an application and owns the device.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Improvements to address space layout randomization (ASLR), Data Execution Prevention (DEP), the heap architecture, and memory-management algorithms reduce the likelihood that vulnerabilities can enable successful exploits.</p>
|
||||
<p>Protected Processes isolates non-trusted processes from each other and from sensitive operating system components.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Users access a dangerous website without knowledge of the risk.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>The Windows Defender SmartScreen URL Reputation feature prevents users from going to a malicious website that may try to exploit the browser and take control of the device.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Malware exploits a vulnerability in a browser add-on.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Microsoft Edge is an app built on the Universal Windows Platform (UWP) that does not run legacy binary extensions, including Microsoft ActiveX and browser helper objects frequently used for toolbars, which eliminates these risks.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>A website that includes malicious code exploits a vulnerability in the web browser to run malware on the client device.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Microsoft Edge includes Enhanced Protected Mode, which uses AppContainer-based sandboxing to help protect the system against vulnerabilities that at attacker may discover in the extensions running in the browser (for example, Adobe Flash, Java) or the browser itself.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|Threat|Windows 10 Mobile mitigation|
|
||||
|--- |--- |
|
||||
|Firmware bootkits replace the firmware with malware.|All certified devices include Unified Extensible Firmware (UEFI) with Secure Boot, which requires signed firmware for updates to UEFI and Option ROMs.|
|
||||
|Bootkits start malware before Windows starts.|UEFI with Secure Boot verifies Windows bootloader integrity to help ensure that no malicious operating system can start before Windows.|
|
||||
|System or driver rootkits (typically malicious software that hides from the operating system) start kernel- level malware while Windows is starting, before antimalware solutions can start.|Windows Trusted Boot verifies Windows boot components, including Microsoft drivers. Measured Boot runs in parallel with Trusted Boot and can provide information to a remote server that verifies the boot state of the device to help ensure that Trusted Boot and other boot components successfully checked the system.|
|
||||
|An app infects other apps or the operating system with malware.|All Windows 10 Mobile apps run inside an AppContainer that isolates them from all other processes and sensitive operating system components. Apps cannot access any resources outside their AppContainer.|
|
||||
|An unauthorized app or malware attempts to start on the device.|All Windows 10 Mobile apps must come from Microsoft Store or Microsoft Store for Business. Device Guard enforces administrative policies to select exactly which apps are allowed to run.|
|
||||
|User-level malware exploits a vulnerability in the system or an application and owns the device.|Improvements to address space layout randomization (ASLR), Data Execution Prevention (DEP), the heap architecture, and memory-management algorithms reduce the likelihood that vulnerabilities can enable successful exploits.<p>Protected Processes isolates non-trusted processes from each other and from sensitive operating system components.|
|
||||
|Users access a dangerous website without knowledge of the risk.|The Windows Defender SmartScreen URL Reputation feature prevents users from going to a malicious website that may try to exploit the browser and take control of the device.|
|
||||
|Malware exploits a vulnerability in a browser add-on.|Microsoft Edge is an app built on the Universal Windows Platform (UWP) that does not run legacy binary extensions, including Microsoft ActiveX and browser helper objects frequently used for toolbars, which eliminates these risks.|
|
||||
|A website that includes malicious code exploits a vulnerability in the web browser to run malware on the client device.|Microsoft Edge includes Enhanced Protected Mode, which uses AppContainer-based sandboxing to help protect the system against vulnerabilities that at attacker may discover in the extensions running in the browser (for example, Adobe Flash, Java) or the browser itself.|
|
||||
|
||||
>**Note:** The Windows 10 Mobile devices use a System on a Chip (SoC) design provided by SoC vendors such as Qualcomm. With this architecture, the SoC vendor and device manufacturers provide the pre-UEFI bootloaders and the UEFI environment. The UEFI environment implements the UEFI Secure Boot standard described in section 27 of the UEFI specification, which can be found at [www.uefi.org/specs]( http://www.uefi.org/specs). This standard describes the process by which all UEFI drivers and applications are validated against keys provisioned into a UEFI-based device before they are executed.
|
||||
|
||||
> [!NOTE]
|
||||
> The Windows 10 Mobile devices use a System on a Chip (SoC) design provided by SoC vendors such as Qualcomm. With this architecture, the SoC vendor and device manufacturers provide the pre-UEFI bootloaders and the UEFI environment. The UEFI environment implements the UEFI Secure Boot standard described in section 27 of the UEFI specification, which can be found at [www.uefi.org/specs]( http://www.uefi.org/specs). This standard describes the process by which all UEFI drivers and applications are validated against keys provisioned into a UEFI-based device before they are executed.
|
||||
|
||||
### <a href="" id="companion-devices"></a>UEFI with Secure Boot
|
||||
|
||||
@ -237,7 +201,8 @@ Windows 10 Mobile supports TPM implementations that comply with the 2.0 standard
|
||||
|
||||
Many assume that original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) must implant a TPM in hardware on a motherboard as a discrete module, but TPM can also be effective when implemented in firmware. Windows 10 Mobile supports only firmware TPM that complies with the 2.0 standard. Windows does not differentiate between discrete and firmware-based solutions because both must meet the same implementation and security requirements. Therefore, any Windows 10 feature that can take advantage of TPM can be used with Windows 10 Mobile.
|
||||
|
||||
>Microsoft requires TPM 2.0 on devices running any version of Windows 10 Mobile. For more information, see [minimum hardware requirements](/windows-hardware/design/minimum/minimum-hardware-requirements-overview)
|
||||
> [!NOTE]
|
||||
> Microsoft requires TPM 2.0 on devices running any version of Windows 10 Mobile. For more information, see [minimum hardware requirements](/windows-hardware/design/minimum/minimum-hardware-requirements-overview)
|
||||
|
||||
Several Windows 10 Mobile security features require TPM:
|
||||
- Virtual smart cards
|
||||
|
@ -50,77 +50,22 @@ You can perform this task by using the Group Policy Management Console for an Ap
|
||||
3. On the **Before You Begin** page, select **Next**.
|
||||
4. On the **Permissions** page, select the action (allow or deny) and the user or group that the rule should apply to, and then select **Next**.
|
||||
5. On the **Publisher** page, you can select a specific reference for the packaged app rule and set the scope for the rule. The following table describes the reference options.
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="33%" />
|
||||
<col width="33%" />
|
||||
<col width="33%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th align="left">Selection</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Description</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Example</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>Use an installed packaged app as a reference</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>If selected, AppLocker requires you to choose an app that is already installed on which to base your new rule. AppLocker uses the publisher, package name and package version to define the rule.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>You want the Sales group only to use the app named Microsoft.BingMaps for its outside sales calls. The Microsoft.BingMaps app is already installed on the device where you are creating the rule, so you choose this option, and select the app from the list of apps installed on the computer and create the rule using this app as a reference.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><b>Use a packaged app installer as a reference</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>If selected, AppLocker requires you to choose an app installer on which to base your new rule. A packaged app installer has the .appx extension. AppLocker uses the publisher, package name, and package version of the installer to define the rule.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Your company has developed many internal line-of-business packaged apps. The app installers are stored on a common file share. Employees can install the required apps from that file share. You want to allow all your employees to install the Payroll app from this share. So you choose this option from the wizard, browse to the file share, and choose the installer for the Payroll app as a reference to create your rule.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|Selection|Description|Example|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|**Use an installed packaged app as a reference**|If selected, AppLocker requires you to choose an app that is already installed on which to base your new rule. AppLocker uses the publisher, package name and package version to define the rule.|You want the Sales group only to use the app named Microsoft.BingMaps for its outside sales calls. The Microsoft.BingMaps app is already installed on the device where you are creating the rule, so you choose this option, and select the app from the list of apps installed on the computer and create the rule using this app as a reference.|
|
||||
|**Use a packaged app installer as a reference**|If selected, AppLocker requires you to choose an app installer on which to base your new rule. A packaged app installer has the .appx extension. AppLocker uses the publisher, package name, and package version of the installer to define the rule.|Your company has developed many internal line-of-business packaged apps. The app installers are stored on a common file share. Employees can install the required apps from that file share. You want to allow all your employees to install the Payroll app from this share. So you choose this option from the wizard, browse to the file share, and choose the installer for the Payroll app as a reference to create your rule.|
|
||||
|
||||
The following table describes setting the scope for the packaged app rule.
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="33%" />
|
||||
<col width="33%" />
|
||||
<col width="33%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th align="left">Selection</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Description</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Example</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Applies to <b>Any publisher</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>This is the least restrictive scope condition for an <b>Allow</b> rule. It permits every packaged app to run or install.</p>
|
||||
<p>Conversely, if this is a <b>Deny</b> rule, then this option is the most restrictive because it denies all apps from installing or running.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>You want the Sales group to use any packaged app from any signed publisher. You set the permissions to allow the Sales group to be able to run any app.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Applies to a specific <b>Publisher</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>This scopes the rule to all apps published by a particular publisher.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>You want to allow all your users to install apps published by the publisher of Microsoft.BingMaps. You could select Microsoft.BingMaps as a reference and choose this rule scope.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Applies to a <b>Package name</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>This scopes the rule to all packages that share the publisher name and package name as the reference file.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>You want to allow your Sales group to install any version of the Microsoft.BingMaps app. You could select the Microsoft.BingMaps app as a reference and choose this rule scope.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Applies to a <b>Package version</b></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>This scopes the rule to a particular version of the package.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>You want to be very selective in what you allow. You do not want to implicitly trust all future updates of the Microsoft.BingMaps app. You can limit the scope of your rule to the version of the app currently installed on your reference computer.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Applying custom values to the rule</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Selecting the <b>Use custom values</b> check box allows you to adjust the scope fields for your particular circumstance.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>You want to allow users to install all Microsoft.Bing* applications, which include Microsoft.BingMaps, Microsoft.BingWeather, Microsoft.BingMoney. You can choose the Microsoft.BingMaps as a reference, select the <b>Use custom values</b> check box and edit the package name field by adding “Microsoft.Bing*” as the Package name.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|Selection|Description|Example|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|Applies to **Any publisher**|This is the least restrictive scope condition for an **Allow** rule. It permits every packaged app to run or install. <br/><br/>Conversely, if this is a **Deny** rule, then this option is the most restrictive because it denies all apps from installing or running. | You want the Sales group to use any packaged app from any signed publisher. You set the permissions to allow the Sales group to be able to run any app.|
|
||||
|Applies to a specific **Publisher** | This scopes the rule to all apps published by a particular publisher. | You want to allow all your users to install apps published by the publisher of Microsoft.BingMaps. You could select Microsoft.BingMaps as a reference and choose this rule scope. |
|
||||
|Applies to a **Package name** | This scopes the rule to all packages that share the publisher name and package name as the reference file. | You want to allow your Sales group to install any version of the Microsoft.BingMaps app. You could select the Microsoft.BingMaps app as a reference and choose this rule scope. |
|
||||
|Applies to a **Package version** | This scopes the rule to a particular version of the package. | You want to be very selective in what you allow. You do not want to implicitly trust all future updates of the Microsoft.BingMaps app. You can limit the scope of your rule to the version of the app currently installed on your reference computer. |
|
||||
|Applying custom values to the rule | Selecting the **Use custom values** check box allows you to adjust the scope fields for your particular circumstance. | You want to allow users to install all *Microsoft.Bing* applications, which include Microsoft.BingMaps, Microsoft.BingWeather, Microsoft.BingMoney. You can choose the Microsoft.BingMaps as a reference, select the **Use custom values** check box and edit the package name field by adding “Microsoft.Bing*” as the Package name. |
|
||||
|
||||
6. Select **Next**.
|
||||
7. (Optional) On the **Exceptions** page, specify conditions by which to exclude files from being affected by the rule. This allows you to add exceptions based on the same rule reference and rule scope as you set before. Select **Next**.
|
||||
8. On the **Name** page, either accept the automatically generated rule name or type a new rule name, and then select **Create**.
|
||||
|
@ -37,137 +37,23 @@ There are management and maintenance costs associated with a list of allowed app
|
||||
|
||||
Use the following table to develop your own objectives and determine which application control feature best addresses those objectives.
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="33%" />
|
||||
<col width="33%" />
|
||||
<col width="33%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th align="left">Application control function</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">SRP</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">AppLocker</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Scope</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP policies can be applied to all Windows operating systems beginning with Windows XP and Windows Server 2003.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker policies apply only to the support versions of Windows listed in <a href="requirements-to-use-applocker.md" data-raw-source="[Requirements to use AppLocker](requirements-to-use-applocker.md)">Requirements to use AppLocker</a>.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Policy creation</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP policies are maintained through Group Policy and only the administrator of the GPO can update the SRP policy. The administrator on the local computer can modify the SRP policies defined in the local GPO.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker policies are maintained through Group Policy and only the administrator of the GPO can update the policy. The administrator on the local computer can modify the AppLocker policies defined in the local GPO.</p>
|
||||
<p>AppLocker permits customization of error messages to direct users to a Web page for help.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Policy maintenance</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP policies must be updated by using the Local Security Policy snap-in (if the policies are created locally) or the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC).</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker policies can be updated by using the Local Security Policy snap-in, if the policies are created locally, or the GPMC, or the Windows PowerShell AppLocker cmdlets.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Policy application</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP policies are distributed through Group Policy.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker policies are distributed through Group Policy.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Enforcement mode</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP works in the “deny list mode” where administrators can create rules for files that they don't want to allow in this Enterprise, but the rest of the files are allowed to run by default.</p>
|
||||
<p>SRP can also be configured in the “allow list mode” such that by default all files are blocked and administrators need to create allow rules for files that they want to allow.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>By default, AppLocker works in allow list mode. Only those files are allowed to run for which there's a matching allow rule.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>File types that can be controlled</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP can control the following file types:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p>Executables</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>DLLs</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Scripts</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows Installers</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p>SRP cannot control each file type separately. All SRP rules are in a single rule collection.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker can control the following file types:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p>Executables</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>DLLs</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Scripts</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows Installers</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Packaged apps and installers</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p>AppLocker maintains a separate rule collection for each of the five file types.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Designated file types</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP supports an extensible list of file types that are considered executable. You can add extensions for files that should be considered executable.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker doesn't support this. AppLocker currently supports the following file extensions:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p>Executables (.exe, .com)</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>DLLs (.ocx, .dll)</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Scripts (.vbs, .js, .ps1, .cmd, .bat)</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows Installers (.msi, .mst, .msp)</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Packaged app installers (.appx)</p></li>
|
||||
</ul></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Rule types</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP supports four types of rules:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p>Hash</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Path</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Signature</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Internet zone</p></li>
|
||||
</ul></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker supports three types of rules:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p>Hash</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Path</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Publisher</p></li>
|
||||
</ul></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Editing the hash value</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP allows you to select a file to hash.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker computes the hash value itself. Internally it uses the SHA2 Authenticode hash for Portable Executables (exe and DLL) and Windows Installers and an SHA2 flat file hash for the rest.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Support for different security levels</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>With SRP, you can specify the permissions with which an app can run. Then configure a rule such that Notepad always runs with restricted permissions and never with administrative privileges.</p>
|
||||
<p>SRP on Windows Vista and earlier supported multiple security levels. On Windows 7, that list was restricted to just two levels: Disallowed and Unrestricted (Basic User translates to Disallowed).</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker does not support security levels.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Manage Packaged apps and Packaged app installers.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Unable</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>.appx is a valid file type which AppLocker can manage.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Targeting a rule to a user or a group of users</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP rules apply to all users on a particular computer.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker rules can be targeted to a specific user or a group of users.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Support for rule exceptions</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP does not support rule exceptions</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker rules can have exceptions that allow administrators to create rules such as “Allow everything from Windows except for Regedit.exe”.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Support for audit mode</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP doesn't support audit mode. The only way to test SRP policies is to set up a test environment and run a few experiments.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker supports audit mode that allows administrators to test the effect of their policy in the real production environment without impacting the user experience. Once you are satisfied with the results, you can start enforcing the policy.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Support for exporting and importing policies</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP does not support policy import/export.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker supports the importing and exporting of policies. This allows you to create AppLocker policy on a sample computer, test it out and then export that policy and import it back into the desired GPO.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Rule enforcement</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Internally, SRP rules enforcement happens in user-mode, which is less secure.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Internally, AppLocker rules for exes and dlls are enforced in kernel-mode, which is more secure than enforcing them in the user-mode.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|Application control function|SRP|AppLocker|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|Scope|SRP policies can be applied to all Windows operating systems beginning with Windows XP and Windows Server 2003.|AppLocker policies apply only to the support versions of Windows listed in[Requirements to use AppLocker](requirements-to-use-applocker.md).|
|
||||
|Policy creation|SRP policies are maintained through Group Policy and only the administrator of the GPO can update the SRP policy. The administrator on the local computer can modify the SRP policies defined in the local GPO.|AppLocker policies are maintained through Group Policy and only the administrator of the GPO can update the policy. The administrator on the local computer can modify the AppLocker policies defined in the local GPO.<br/><br/>AppLocker permits customization of error messages to direct users to a Web page for help.|
|
||||
|Policy maintenance|SRP policies must be updated by using the Local Security Policy snap-in (if the policies are created locally) or the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC).|AppLocker policies can be updated by using the Local Security Policy snap-in, if the policies are created locally, or the GPMC, or the Windows PowerShell AppLocker cmdlets.|
|
||||
|Policy application|SRP policies are distributed through Group Policy.|AppLocker policies are distributed through Group Policy.|
|
||||
|Enforcement mode|SRP works in the “deny list mode” where administrators can create rules for files that they don't want to allow in this Enterprise, but the rest of the files are allowed to run by default.<br/><br/>SRP can also be configured in the “allow list mode” such that by default all files are blocked and administrators need to create allow rules for files that they want to allow.|By default, AppLocker works in allow list mode. Only those files are allowed to run for which there's a matching allow rule.|
|
||||
|File types that can be controlled|SRP can control the following file types:<li>Executables<li>DLLs<li>Scripts<li>Windows Installers<br/><br/>SRP cannot control each file type separately. All SRP rules are in a single rule collection.|AppLocker can control the following file types:<li>Executables<li>DLLs<li>Scripts<li>Windows Installers<li>Packaged apps and installers<br/><br/>AppLocker maintains a separate rule collection for each of the five file types.|
|
||||
|Designated file types|SRP supports an extensible list of file types that are considered executable. You can add extensions for files that should be considered executable.|AppLocker doesn't support this. AppLocker currently supports the following file extensions:<li>Executables (.exe, .com)<li>DLLs (.ocx, .dll)<li>Scripts (.vbs, .js, .ps1, .cmd, .bat)<li>Windows Installers (.msi, .mst, .msp)<li>Packaged app installers (.appx)|
|
||||
|Rule types|SRP supports four types of rules:<li>Hash<li>Path<li>Signature<br/><br/>Internet zone|AppLocker supports three types of rules:<li>Hash<li>Path<li>Publisher|
|
||||
|Editing the hash value|SRP allows you to select a file to hash.|AppLocker computes the hash value itself. Internally it uses the SHA2 Authenticode hash for Portable Executables (exe and DLL) and Windows Installers and an SHA2 flat file hash for the rest.|
|
||||
|Support for different security levels|With SRP, you can specify the permissions with which an app can run. Then configure a rule such that Notepad always runs with restricted permissions and never with administrative privileges.<br/><br/>SRP on Windows Vista and earlier supported multiple security levels. On Windows 7, that list was restricted to just two levels: Disallowed and Unrestricted (Basic User translates to Disallowed).|AppLocker does not support security levels.|
|
||||
|Manage Packaged apps and Packaged app installers.|Unable|.appx is a valid file type which AppLocker can manage.|
|
||||
|Targeting a rule to a user or a group of users|SRP rules apply to all users on a particular computer.|AppLocker rules can be targeted to a specific user or a group of users.|
|
||||
|Support for rule exceptions|SRP does not support rule exceptions|AppLocker rules can have exceptions that allow administrators to create rules such as “Allow everything from Windows except for Regedit.exe”.|
|
||||
|Support for audit mode|SRP doesn't support audit mode. The only way to test SRP policies is to set up a test environment and run a few experiments.|AppLocker supports audit mode that allows administrators to test the effect of their policy in the real production environment without impacting the user experience. Once you are satisfied with the results, you can start enforcing the policy.|
|
||||
|Support for exporting and importing policies|SRP does not support policy import/export.|AppLocker supports the importing and exporting of policies. This allows you to create AppLocker policy on a sample computer, test it out and then export that policy and import it back into the desired GPO.|
|
||||
|Rule enforcement|Internally, SRP rules enforcement happens in user-mode, which is less secure.|Internally, AppLocker rules for exes and dlls are enforced in kernel-mode, which is more secure than enforcing them in the user-mode.|
|
||||
|
||||
For more general info, see <a href="applocker-overview.md" data-raw-source="[AppLocker](applocker-overview.md)">AppLocker</a>.
|
||||
|
@ -43,96 +43,16 @@ To complete this AppLocker planning document, you should first complete the foll
|
||||
After you determine how to structure your Group Policy Objects (GPOs) so that you can apply AppLocker policies, you should record your findings. You can use the following table to determine how many GPOs to create (or edit) and which objects they are linked to. If you decided to create custom rules to allow system files to run, note the high-level rule configuration in the **Use default rule or define new rule condition** column.
|
||||
|
||||
The following table includes the sample data that was collected when you determined your enforcement settings and the GPO structure for your AppLocker policies.
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="12%" />
|
||||
<col width="12%" />
|
||||
<col width="12%" />
|
||||
<col width="12%" />
|
||||
<col width="12%" />
|
||||
<col width="12%" />
|
||||
<col width="12%" />
|
||||
<col width="12%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th align="left">Business group</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Organizational unit</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Implement AppLocker?</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Apps</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Installation path</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Use default rule or define new rule condition</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Allow or deny</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">GPO name</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Bank Tellers</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Teller-East and Teller-West</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Yes</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Teller Software</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\Teller.exe</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>File is signed; create a publisher condition</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allow</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Tellers-AppLockerTellerRules</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Windows files</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Windows</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Create a path exception to the default rule to exclude \Windows\Temp</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allow</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Human Resources</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>HR-All</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Yes</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Check Payout</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\HR\Checkcut.exe</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>File is signed; create a publisher condition</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allow</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>HR-AppLockerHRRules</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Time Sheet Organizer</p>
|
||||
<p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\HR\Timesheet.exe</p>
|
||||
<p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>File is not signed; create a file hash condition</p>
|
||||
<p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allow</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Internet Explorer 7</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Program Files\Internet Explorer</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>File is signed; create a publisher condition</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Deny</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Windows files</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Windows</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Use a default rule for the Windows path</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allow</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|Business group|Organizational unit|Implement AppLocker?|Apps|Installation path|Use default rule or define new rule condition|Allow or deny|GPO name|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|Bank Tellers|Teller-East and Teller-West|Yes|Teller Software|C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\Teller.exe|File is signed; create a publisher condition|Allow|Tellers-AppLockerTellerRules|
|
||||
||||Windows files|C:\Windows|Create a path exception to the default rule to exclude \Windows\Temp|Allow||
|
||||
|Human Resources|HR-All|Yes|Check Payout|C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\HR\Checkcut.exe|File is signed; create a publisher condition|Allow|HR-AppLockerHRRules|
|
||||
||||Time Sheet Organizer|C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\HR\Timesheet.exe|File is not signed; create a file hash condition|Allow||
|
||||
||||Internet Explorer 7|C:\Program Files\Internet Explorer</p>|File is signed; create a publisher condition|Deny||
|
||||
||||Windows files|C:\Windows|Use a default rule for the Windows path|Allow||
|
||||
|
||||
## Next steps
|
||||
|
||||
After you have determined the Group Policy structure and rule enforcement strategy for each business group's apps, the following tasks remain:
|
||||
|
@ -42,70 +42,18 @@ Record the name of the app, whether it is signed as indicated by the publisher's
|
||||
Record the installation path of the apps. For example, Microsoft Office 2016 installs files to *%programfiles%\\Microsoft Office\\Office16\\*, which is *C:\\Program Files\\Microsoft Office\\Office16\\* on most devices.
|
||||
|
||||
The following table provides an example of how to list applications for each business group at the early stage of designing your application control policies. Eventually, as more planning information is added to the list, the information can be used to build AppLocker rules.
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th align="left">Business group</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Organizational unit</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Implement AppLocker?</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Apps</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Installation path</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Bank Tellers</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Teller-East and Teller-West</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Yes</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Teller Software</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\Teller.exe</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Windows files</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Windows</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Human Resources</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>HR-All</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Yes</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Check Payout</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\HR\Checkcut.exe</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Time Sheet Organizer</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\HR\Timesheet.exe</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Internet Explorer 7</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Program Files\Internet Explorer</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Windows files</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Windows</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
><b>Note:</b> AppLocker only supports publisher rules for Universal Windows apps. Therefore, collecting the installation path information for Universal Windows apps is not necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
|Business group|Organizational unit|Implement AppLocker?|Apps|Installation path|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|Bank Tellers|Teller-East and Teller-West|Yes|Teller Software|C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\Teller.exe|
|
||||
||||Windows files|C:\Windows|
|
||||
|Human Resources|HR-All|Yes|Check Payout|C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\HR\Checkcut.exe|
|
||||
||||Time Sheet Organizer|C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\HR\Timesheet.exe|
|
||||
||||Internet Explorer 7|C:\Program Files\Internet Explorer</p>|
|
||||
||||Windows files|C:\Windows|
|
||||
|
||||
>[!NOTE]
|
||||
>AppLocker only supports publisher rules for Universal Windows apps. Therefore, collecting the installation path information for Universal Windows apps is not necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Event processing</b>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -46,86 +46,15 @@ Document the following items for each business group or organizational unit:
|
||||
|
||||
The following table details sample data for documenting rule type and rule condition findings. In addition, you should now consider whether to allow an app to run or deny permission for it to run. For info about these settings, see [Understanding AppLocker allow and deny actions on rules](understanding-applocker-allow-and-deny-actions-on-rules.md).
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="14%" />
|
||||
<col width="14%" />
|
||||
<col width="14%" />
|
||||
<col width="14%" />
|
||||
<col width="14%" />
|
||||
<col width="14%" />
|
||||
<col width="14%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th align="left">Business group</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Organizational unit</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Implement AppLocker?</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Applications</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Installation path</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Use default rule or define new rule condition</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Allow or deny</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Bank Tellers</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Teller-East and Teller-West</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Yes</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Teller Software</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\Teller.exe</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>File is signed; create a publisher condition</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Windows files</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Windows</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Create a path exception to the default rule to exclude \Windows\Temp</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Human Resources</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>HR-All</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Yes</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Check Payout</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\HR\Checkcut.exe</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>File is signed; create a publisher condition</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Time Sheet Organizer</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\HR\Timesheet.exe</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>File is not signed; create a file hash condition</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Internet Explorer 7</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Program Files\Internet Explorer</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>File is signed; create a publisher condition</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Windows files</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Windows</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Use the default rule for the Windows path</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|Business group|Organizational unit|Implement AppLocker?|Applications|Installation path|Use default rule or define new rule condition|Allow or deny|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|Bank Tellers|Teller-East and Teller-West|Yes|Teller Software|C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\Teller.exe|File is signed; create a publisher condition||
|
||||
||||Windows files|C:\Windows|Create a path exception to the default rule to exclude \Windows\Temp||
|
||||
|Human Resources|HR-All|Yes|Check Payout|C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\HR\Checkcut.exe|File is signed; create a publisher condition||
|
||||
||||Time Sheet Organizer|C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\HR\Timesheet.exe|File is not signed; create a file hash condition||
|
||||
||||Internet Explorer 7|C:\Program Files\Internet Explorer</p>|File is signed; create a publisher condition||
|
||||
||||Windows files|C:\Windows|Use the default rule for the Windows path||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Next steps
|
||||
|
||||
For each rule, determine whether to use the allow or deny option, and then complete the following tasks:
|
||||
|
@ -87,7 +87,8 @@ As new apps are deployed or existing apps are updated by the software publisher,
|
||||
|
||||
You can edit an AppLocker policy by adding, changing, or removing rules. However, you cannot specify a version for the policy by importing additional rules. To ensure version control when modifying an AppLocker policy, use Group Policy management software that allows you to create versions of Group Policy Objects (GPOs). An example of this type of software is the Advanced Group Policy Management feature from the Microsoft Desktop Optimization Pack. For more info about Advanced Group Policy Management, see [Advanced Group Policy Management Overview](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=145013) (https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=145013).
|
||||
|
||||
>**Caution:** You should not edit an AppLocker rule collection while it is being enforced in Group Policy. Because AppLocker controls what files are allowed to run, making changes to a live policy can create unexpected behavior.
|
||||
> [!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
> You should not edit an AppLocker rule collection while it is being enforced in Group Policy. Because AppLocker controls what files are allowed to run, making changes to a live policy can create unexpected behavior.
|
||||
|
||||
**New version of a supported app**
|
||||
|
||||
@ -143,103 +144,15 @@ The three key areas to determine for AppLocker policy management are:
|
||||
|
||||
The following table contains the added sample data that was collected when determining how to maintain and manage AppLocker policies.
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="11%" />
|
||||
<col width="11%" />
|
||||
<col width="11%" />
|
||||
<col width="11%" />
|
||||
<col width="11%" />
|
||||
<col width="11%" />
|
||||
<col width="11%" />
|
||||
<col width="11%" />
|
||||
<col width="11%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th align="left">Business group</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Organizational unit</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Implement AppLocker?</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Apps</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Installation path</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Use default rule or define new rule condition</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Allow or deny</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">GPO name</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Support policy</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Bank Tellers</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Teller-East and Teller-West</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Yes</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Teller Software</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\Teller.exe</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>File is signed; create a publisher condition</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allow</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Tellers-AppLockerTellerRules</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Web help</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Windows files</p>
|
||||
<p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Windows</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Create a path exception to the default rule to exclude \Windows\Temp</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allow</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Help desk</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Human Resources</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>HR-All</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Yes</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Check Payout</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\HR\Checkcut.exe</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>File is signed; create a publisher condition</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allow</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>HR-AppLockerHRRules</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Web help</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Time Sheet Organizer</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\HR\Timesheet.exe</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>File is not signed; create a file hash condition</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allow</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Web help</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Internet Explorer 7</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Program Files\Internet Explorer</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>File is signed; create a publisher condition</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Deny</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Web help</p>
|
||||
<p></p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Windows files</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Windows</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Use the default rule for the Windows path</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allow</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Help desk</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|Business group|Organizational unit|Implement AppLocker?|Apps|Installation path|Use default rule or define new rule condition|Allow or deny|GPO name|Support policy|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|Bank Tellers|Teller-East and Teller-West|Yes|Teller Software|C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\Teller.exe|File is signed; create a publisher condition|Allow|Tellers-AppLockerTellerRules|Web help|
|
||||
||||Windows files|C:\Windows|Create a path exception to the default rule to exclude \Windows\Temp|Allow||Help desk|
|
||||
|Human Resources|HR-All|Yes|Check Payout|C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\HR\Checkcut.exe|File is signed; create a publisher condition|Allow|HR-AppLockerHRRules|Web help|
|
||||
||||Time Sheet Organizer|C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\HR\Timesheet.exe|File is not signed; create a file hash condition|Allow||Web help|
|
||||
||||Internet Explorer 7|C:\Program Files\Internet Explorer</p>|File is signed; create a publisher condition|Deny||Web help|
|
||||
||||Windows files|C:\Windows|Use the default rule for the Windows path|Allow||Help desk|
|
||||
|
||||
The following two tables illustrate examples of documenting considerations to maintain and manage AppLocker policies.
|
||||
|
||||
**Event processing policy**
|
||||
@ -248,83 +161,17 @@ One discovery method for app usage is to set the AppLocker enforcement mode to *
|
||||
|
||||
The following table is an example of what to consider and record.
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th align="left">Business group</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">AppLocker event collection location</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Archival policy</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Analyzed?</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Security policy</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Bank Tellers</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Forwarded to: AppLocker Event Repository on srvBT093</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Standard</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>None</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Standard</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Human Resources</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>DO NOT FORWARD. srvHR004</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>60 months</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Yes, summary reports monthly to managers</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Standard</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|Business group|AppLocker event collection location|Archival policy|Analyzed?|Security policy|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|Bank Tellers|Forwarded to: AppLocker Event Repository on srvBT093|Standard|None|Standard|
|
||||
|Human Resources|DO NOT FORWARD. srvHR004|60 months|Yes, summary reports monthly to managers|Standard|
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Policy maintenance policy</b>
|
||||
When applications are identified and policies are created for application control, then you can begin documenting how you intend to update those policies.
|
||||
The following table is an example of what to consider and record.
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th align="left">Business group</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Rule update policy</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Application decommission policy</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Application version policy</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Application deployment policy</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Bank Tellers</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Planned: Monthly through business office triage</p>
|
||||
<p>Emergency: Request through help desk</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Through business office triage</p>
|
||||
<p>30-day notice required</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>General policy: Keep past versions for 12 months</p>
|
||||
<p>List policies for each application</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Coordinated through business office</p>
|
||||
<p>30-day notice required</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Human Resources</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Planned: Monthly through HR triage</p>
|
||||
<p>Emergency: Request through help desk</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Through HR triage</p>
|
||||
<p>30-day notice required</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>General policy: Keep past versions for 60 months</p>
|
||||
<p>List policies for each application</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Coordinated through HR</p>
|
||||
<p>30-day notice required</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|Business group|Rule update policy|Application decommission policy|Application version policy|Application deployment policy|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|Bank Tellers|Planned: Monthly through business office triage<p>Emergency: Request through help desk|Through business office triage<p>30-day notice required|General policy: Keep past versions for 12 months<p>List policies for each application|Coordinated through business office<p>30-day notice required|
|
||||
|Human Resources|Planned: Monthly through HR triage<p>Emergency: Request through help desk|Through HR triage<p>30-day notice required|General policy: Keep past versions for 60 months<p>List policies for each application|Coordinated through HR<p>30-day notice required|
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -41,181 +41,28 @@ The following requirements must be met or addressed before you deploy your AppLo
|
||||
|
||||
An AppLocker policy deployment plan is the result of investigating which applications are required and necessary in your organization, which apps are optional, and which apps are forbidden. To develop this plan, see [AppLocker Design Guide](applocker-policies-design-guide.md). The following table is an example of the data you need to collect and the decisions you need to make to successfully deploy AppLocker policies on the supported operating systems (as listed in [Requirements to use AppLocker](requirements-to-use-applocker.md)).
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="11%" />
|
||||
<col width="11%" />
|
||||
<col width="11%" />
|
||||
<col width="11%" />
|
||||
<col width="11%" />
|
||||
<col width="11%" />
|
||||
<col width="11%" />
|
||||
<col width="11%" />
|
||||
<col width="11%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th align="left">Business group</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Organizational unit</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Implement AppLocker?</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Apps</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Installation path</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Use default rule or define new rule condition</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Allow or deny</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">GPO name</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Support policy</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Bank Tellers</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Teller-East and Teller-West</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Yes</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Teller software</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\Teller.exe</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>File is signed; create a publisher condition</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allow</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Tellers</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Web help</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Windows files</p>
|
||||
<p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Windows</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Create a path exception to the default rule to exclude \Windows\Temp</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allow</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Help Desk</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Time Sheet Organizer</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\HR\Timesheet.exe</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>File is not signed; create a file hash condition</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allow</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Web help</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Human Resources</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>HR-All</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Yes</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Check Payout</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\HR\Checkcut.exe</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>File is signed; create a publisher condition</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allow</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>HR</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Web help</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Internet Explorer 7</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Program Files\Internet Explorer</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>File is signed; create a publisher condition</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Deny</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Help Desk</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Windows files</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>C:\Windows</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Use the default rule for the Windows path</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allow</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Help Desk</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|Business group|Organizational unit|Implement AppLocker?|Apps|Installation path|Use default rule or define new rule condition|Allow or deny|GPO name|Support policy|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|Bank Tellers|Teller-East and Teller-West|Yes|Teller software|C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\Teller.exe|File is signed; create a publisher condition|Allow|Tellers|Web help|
|
||||
||||Windows files|C:\Windows|Create a path exception to the default rule to exclude \Windows\Temp|Allow||Help Desk|
|
||||
||||Time Sheet Organizer|C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\HR\Timesheet.exe|File is not signed; create a file hash condition|Allow||Web help|
|
||||
|Human Resources|HR-All|Yes|Check Payout|C:\Program Files\Woodgrove\HR\Checkcut.exe|File is signed; create a publisher condition|Allow|HR|Web help|
|
||||
||||Internet Explorer 7|C:\Program Files\Internet Explorer</p>|File is signed; create a publisher condition|Deny||Help Desk|
|
||||
||||Windows files|C:\Windows|Use the default rule for the Windows path|Allow||Help Desk|
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Event processing policy</b>
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th align="left">Business group</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">AppLocker event collection location</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Archival policy</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Analyzed?</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Security policy</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Bank Tellers</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Forwarded to: srvBT093</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Standard</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>None</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Standard</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Human Resources</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Do not forward</p>
|
||||
<p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>60 months</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Yes; summary reports monthly to managers</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Standard</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|Business group|AppLocker event collection location|Archival policy|Analyzed?|Security policy|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|Bank Tellers|Forwarded to: srvBT093|Standard|None|Standard|
|
||||
|Human Resources|Do not forward|60 months|Yes; summary reports monthly to managers|Standard|
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Policy maintenance policy</b>
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
<col width="20%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th align="left">Business group</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Rule update policy</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">App decommission policy</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">App version policy</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">App deployment policy</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Bank Tellers</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Planned: Monthly through business office triage</p>
|
||||
<p>Emergency: Request through Help Desk</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Through business office triage; 30-day notice required</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>General policy: Keep past versions for 12 months</p>
|
||||
<p>List policies for each application</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Coordinated through business office; 30-day notice required</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Human Resources</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Planned: Through HR triage</p>
|
||||
<p>Emergency: Request through Help Desk</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Through HR triage; 30-day notice required</p>
|
||||
<p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>General policy: Keep past versions for 60 months</p>
|
||||
<p>List policies for each application</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Coordinated through HR; 30-day notice required</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|Business group|Rule update policy|App decommission policy|App version policy|App deployment policy|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|Bank Tellers|Planned: Monthly through business office triage<p>Emergency: Request through Help Desk|Through business office triage; 30-day notice required|General policy: Keep past versions for 12 months<p>List policies for each application|Coordinated through business office; 30-day notice required|
|
||||
|Human Resources|Planned: Through HR triage<p>Emergency: Request through Help Desk|Through HR triage; 30-day notice required|General policy: Keep past versions for 60 months<p>List policies for each application|Coordinated through HR; 30-day notice required|
|
||||
|
||||
### <a href="" id="bkmk-reqsupportedos"></a>Supported operating systems
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -57,7 +57,8 @@ You might need to control a limited number of apps because they access sensitive
|
||||
| Control apps by computer, not user | AppLocker is a computer-based policy implementation. If your domain or site organizational structure is not based on a logical user structure, such as an OU, you might want to set up that structure before you begin your AppLocker planning. Otherwise, you will have to identify users, their computers, and their app access requirements.|
|
||||
|Understand app usage, but there is no need to control any apps yet | AppLocker policies can be set to audit app usage to help you track which apps are used in your organization. You can then use the AppLocker event log to create AppLocker policies.|
|
||||
|
||||
>**Important:** The following list contains files or types of files that cannot be managed by AppLocker:
|
||||
> [!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
> The following list contains files or types of files that cannot be managed by AppLocker:
|
||||
|
||||
- AppLocker does not protect against running 16-bit DOS binaries in an NT Virtual DOS Machine (NTVDM). This technology allows running legacy DOS and 16-bit Windows programs on computers that are using Intel 80386 or higher when there is already another operating system running and controlling the hardware. The result is that 16-bit binaries can still run on Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7 when AppLocker is configured to otherwise block binaries and libraries. If it is a requirement to prevent 16-bit applications from running, you must configure the Deny rule in the Executable rule collection for NTVDM.exe.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -65,7 +66,8 @@ You might need to control a limited number of apps because they access sensitive
|
||||
|
||||
- AppLocker can only control VBScript, JScript, .bat files, .cmd files and Windows PowerShell scripts. It does not control all interpreted code that runs within a host process, for example Perl scripts and macros. Interpreted code is a form of executable code that runs within a host process. For example, Windows batch files (\*.bat) run within the context of the Windows Command Host (cmd.exe). To use AppLocker to control interpreted code, the host process must call AppLocker before it runs the interpreted code, and then enforce the decision that is returned by AppLocker. Not all host processes call into AppLocker. Therefore, AppLocker cannot control every kind of interpreted code, for example Microsoft Office macros.
|
||||
|
||||
>**Important:** You should configure the appropriate security settings of these host processes if you must allow them to run. For example, configure the security settings in Microsoft Office to ensure that only signed and trusted macros are loaded.
|
||||
> [!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
> You should configure the appropriate security settings of these host processes if you must allow them to run. For example, configure the security settings in Microsoft Office to ensure that only signed and trusted macros are loaded.
|
||||
|
||||
- AppLocker rules allow or prevent an app from launching. AppLocker does not control the behavior of apps after they are launched. Applications could contain flags that are passed to functions that signal AppLocker to circumvent the rules and allow another .exe or .dll file to be loaded. In practice, an app that is allowed by AppLocker could use these flags to bypass AppLocker rules and launch child processes. You must follow a process that best suits your needs to thoroughly vet each app before allowing them to run using AppLocker rules.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -98,57 +100,11 @@ Most organizations have evolved app control policies and methods over time. With
|
||||
### Which Windows desktop and server operating systems are running in your organization?
|
||||
|
||||
If your organization supports multiple Windows operating systems, app control policy planning becomes more complex. Your initial design decisions should consider the security and management priorities of applications that are installed on each version of the operating system.
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="50%" />
|
||||
<col width="50%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th align="left">Possible answers</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Design considerations</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Your organization's computers are running a combination of the following operating systems:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows 11</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows 10</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows 8</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows 7</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows Vista</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows XP</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows Server 2012</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows Server 2008 R2</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows Server 2008</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows Server 2003</p></li>
|
||||
</ul></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker rules are only applied to computers running the supported versions of Windows, but SRP rules can be applied to all versions of Windows beginning with Windows XP and Windows Server 2003. For specific operating system version requirements, see <a href="requirements-to-use-applocker.md" data-raw-source="[Requirements to use AppLocker](requirements-to-use-applocker.md)">Requirements to use AppLocker</a>.</p>
|
||||
<div class="alert">
|
||||
<b>Note</b><br/><p>If you are using the Basic User security level as assigned in SRP, those privileges are not supported on computers running that support AppLocker.</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p>AppLocker policies as applied through a GPO take precedence over SRP policies in the same or linked GPO. SRP policies can be created and maintained the same way.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Your organization's computers are running only the following operating systems:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows 11</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows 10</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows 8.1</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows 8</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows 7</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows Server 2012 R2</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows Server 2012</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows Server 2008 R2</p></li>
|
||||
</ul></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Use AppLocker to create your application control policies.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|Possible answers|Design considerations|
|
||||
|--- |--- |
|
||||
|Your organization's computers are running a combination of the following operating systems:<li>Windows 11<li>Windows 10<li>Windows 8<li>Windows 7<li>Windows Vista<li>Windows XP<li>Windows Server 2012<li>Windows Server 2008 R2<li>Windows Server 2008<li>Windows Server 2003|AppLocker rules are only applied to computers running the supported versions of Windows, but SRP rules can be applied to all versions of Windows beginning with Windows XP and Windows Server 2003. For specific operating system version requirements, see [Requirements to use AppLocker](requirements-to-use-applocker.md).<br/><br/> **Note:** If you are using the Basic User security level as assigned in SRP, those privileges are not supported on computers running that support AppLocker.<br/><br/>AppLocker policies as applied through a GPO take precedence over SRP policies in the same or linked GPO. SRP policies can be created and maintained the same way.|
|
||||
|Your organization's computers are running only the following operating systems:<li>Windows 11<li>Windows 10<li>Windows 8.1<li>Windows 8<li>Windows 7<li>Windows Server 2012 R2<li>Windows Server 2012<li>Windows Server 2008 R2|Use AppLocker to create your application control policies.|
|
||||
|
||||
### Are there specific groups in your organization that need customized application control policies?
|
||||
|
||||
@ -223,7 +179,7 @@ AppLocker is very effective for organizations that have application restriction
|
||||
| Possible answers | Design considerations |
|
||||
| - | - |
|
||||
| Users run without administrative rights. | Apps are installed by using an installation deployment technology.|
|
||||
| AppLocker can help reduce the total cost of ownership for business groups that typically use a finite set of apps, such as human resources and finance departments. At the same time, these departments access highly sensitive information, much of which contains confidential and proprietary information. By using AppLocker to create rules for specific apps that are allowed to run, you can help limit unauthorized applications from accessing this information.<br/>**Note: **AppLocker can also be effective in helping create standardized desktops in organizations where users run as administrators. However, it is important to note that users with administrative credentials can add new rules to the local AppLocker policy.| Users must be able to install applications as needed.
|
||||
| AppLocker can help reduce the total cost of ownership for business groups that typically use a finite set of apps, such as human resources and finance departments. At the same time, these departments access highly sensitive information, much of which contains confidential and proprietary information. By using AppLocker to create rules for specific apps that are allowed to run, you can help limit unauthorized applications from accessing this information.<br/><br/>**Note:** AppLocker can also be effective in helping create standardized desktops in organizations where users run as administrators. However, it is important to note that users with administrative credentials can add new rules to the local AppLocker policy.| Users must be able to install applications as needed.
|
||||
| Users currently have administrator access, and it would be difficult to change this.|Enforcing AppLocker rules is not suited for business groups that must be able to install apps as needed and without approval from the IT department. If one or more OUs in your organization has this requirement, you can choose not to enforce application rules in those OUs by using AppLocker or to implement the **Audit only** enforcement setting through AppLocker.|
|
||||
|
||||
### Is the structure in Active Directory Domain Services based on the organization's hierarchy?
|
||||
|
@ -35,30 +35,9 @@ The path condition identifies an application by its location in the file system
|
||||
|
||||
When creating a rule that uses a deny action, path conditions are less secure than publisher and file hash conditions for preventing access to a file because a user could easily copy the file to a different location than the location specified in the rule. Because path rules specify locations within the file system, you should ensure that there are no subdirectories that are writable by non-administrators. For example, if you create a path rule for C:\\ with the allow action, any file under that location will be allowed to run, including within users' profiles. The following table describes the advantages and disadvantages of the path condition.
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="50%" />
|
||||
<col width="50%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th align="left">Path condition advantages</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Path condition disadvantages</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><ul>
|
||||
<li><p>You can easily control many folders or a single file.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>You can use the asterisk (*) as a wildcard character within path rules.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><ul>
|
||||
<li><p>It might be less secure if a rule that is configured to use a folder path contains subfolders that are writable by non-administrators.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>You must specify the full path to a file or folder when creating path rules so that the rule will be properly enforced.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|Path condition advantages|Path condition disadvantages|
|
||||
|--- |--- |
|
||||
|<li>You can easily control many folders or a single file.<li>You can use the asterisk (*) as a wildcard character within path rules.|<li>It might be less secure if a rule that is configured to use a folder path contains subfolders that are writable by non-administrators.<li>You must specify the full path to a file or folder when creating path rules so that the rule will be properly enforced.|
|
||||
|
||||
AppLocker does not enforce rules that specify paths with short names. You should always specify the full path to a file or folder when creating path rules so that the rule will be properly enforced.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -35,32 +35,9 @@ Publisher conditions can be made only for files that are digitally signed; this
|
||||
Publisher conditions are easier to maintain than file hash conditions and are generally more secure than path conditions. Rules that are specified to the version level might have to be updated when a new version of the file is released. The following table describes the advantages and disadvantages
|
||||
of the publisher condition.
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="50%" />
|
||||
<col width="50%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th align="left">Publisher condition advantages</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Publisher condition disadvantages</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><ul>
|
||||
<li><p>Frequent updating is not required.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>You can apply different values within a certificate.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>A single rule can be used to allow an entire product suite.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>You can use the asterisk (*) wildcard character within a publisher rule to specify that any value should be matched.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><ul>
|
||||
<li><p>The file must be signed.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Although a single rule can be used to allow an entire product suite, all files in the suite must be signed uniformly.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|Publisher condition advantages|Publisher condition disadvantages|
|
||||
|--- |--- |
|
||||
|<li>Frequent updating is not required.<li>You can apply different values within a certificate.<li>A single rule can be used to allow an entire product suite.<li>You can use the asterisk (*) wildcard character within a publisher rule to specify that any value should be matched.|<li>The file must be signed.<li>Although a single rule can be used to allow an entire product suite, all files in the suite must be signed uniformly.|
|
||||
|
||||
Wildcard characters can be used as values in the publisher rule fields according to the following specifications:
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -38,139 +38,22 @@ Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7 and later. It is recommended that you auth
|
||||
Windows 7 and later, the SRP policies are ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
The following table compares the features and functions of Software Restriction Policies (SRP) and AppLocker.
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="33%" />
|
||||
<col width="33%" />
|
||||
<col width="33%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th align="left">Application control function</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">SRP</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">AppLocker</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Scope</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP policies can be applied to all Windows operating systems beginning with Windows XP and Windows Server 2003.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker policies apply only to Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, and later.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Policy creation</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP policies are maintained through Group Policy and only the administrator of the GPO can update the SRP policy. The administrator on the local computer can modify the SRP policies defined in the local GPO.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker policies are maintained through Group Policy and only the administrator of the GPO can update the policy. The administrator on the local computer can modify the AppLocker policies defined in the local GPO.</p>
|
||||
<p>AppLocker permits customization of error messages to direct users to a Web page for help.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Policy maintenance</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP policies must be updated by using the Local Security Policy snap-in (if the policies are created locally) or the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC).</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker policies can be updated by using the Local Security Policy snap-in (if the policies are created locally), or the GPMC, or the Windows PowerShell AppLocker cmdlets.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Policy application</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP policies are distributed through Group Policy.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker policies are distributed through Group Policy.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Enforcement mode</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP works in the “deny list mode” where administrators can create rules for files that they do not want to allow in this Enterprise whereas the rest of the file is allowed to run by default.</p>
|
||||
<p>SRP can also be configured in the “allowlist mode” so that by default all files are blocked and administrators need to create allow rules for files that they want to allow.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker by default works in the “allowlist mode” where only those files are allowed to run for which there is a matching allow rule.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>File types that can be controlled</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP can control the following file types:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p>Executables</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Dlls</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Scripts</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows Installers</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p>SRP cannot control each file type separately. All SRP rules are in a single rule collection.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker can control the following file types:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p>Executables</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Dlls</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Scripts</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows Installers</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Packaged apps and installers</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p>AppLocker maintains a separate rule collection for each of the five file types.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Designated file types</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP supports an extensible list of file types that are considered executable. Administrators can add extensions for files that should be considered executable.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker currently supports the following file extensions:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p>Executables (.exe, .com)</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Dlls (.ocx, .dll)</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Scripts (.vbs, .js, .ps1, .cmd, .bat)</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows Installers (.msi, .mst, .msp)</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Packaged app installers (.appx)</p></li>
|
||||
</ul></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Rule types</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP supports four types of rules:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p>Hash</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Path</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Signature</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Internet zone</p></li>
|
||||
</ul></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker supports three types of rules:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p>File hash</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Path</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Publisher</p></li>
|
||||
</ul></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Editing the hash value</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>In Windows XP, you could use SRP to provide custom hash values.</p>
|
||||
<p>Beginning with Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2, you can only select the file to hash, not provide the hash value.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker computes the hash value itself. Internally, it uses the SHA2 Authenticode hash for Portable Executables (exe and dll) and Windows Installers and an SHA2 flat file hash for the rest.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Support for different security levels</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>With SRP, you can specify the permissions with which an app can run. So, you can configure a rule such that Notepad always runs with restricted permissions and never with administrative privileges.</p>
|
||||
<p>SRP on Windows Vista and earlier supported multiple security levels. On Windows 7, that list was restricted to just two levels: Disallowed and Unrestricted (Basic User translates to Disallowed).</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker does not support security levels.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Manage Packaged apps and Packaged app installers.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Not supported</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>.appx is a valid file type which AppLocker can manage.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Targeting a rule to a user or a group of users</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP rules apply to all users on a particular computer.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker rules can be targeted to a specific user or a group of users.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Support for rule exceptions</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP does not support rule exceptions.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker rules can have exceptions, which allow you to create rules such as “Allow everything from Windows except for regedit.exe”.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Support for audit mode</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP does not support audit mode. The only way to test SRP policies is to set up a test environment and run a few experiments.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker supports audit mode, which allows you to test the effect of their policy in the real production environment without impacting the user experience. Once you are satisfied with the results, you can start enforcing the policy.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Support for exporting and importing policies</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP does not support policy import/export.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker supports the importing and exporting of policies. This allows you to create AppLocker policy on a sample device, test it out and then export that policy and import it back into the desired GPO.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Rule enforcement</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Internally, SRP rules enforcement happens in the user-mode, which is less secure.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Internally, AppLocker rules for .exe and .dll files are enforced in the kernel-mode, which is more secure than enforcing them in the user-mode.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|Application control function|SRP|AppLocker|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|Scope|SRP policies can be applied to all Windows operating systems beginning with Windows XP and Windows Server 2003.|AppLocker policies apply only to Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, and later.|
|
||||
|Policy creation|SRP policies are maintained through Group Policy and only the administrator of the GPO can update the SRP policy. The administrator on the local computer can modify the SRP policies defined in the local GPO.|AppLocker policies are maintained through Group Policy and only the administrator of the GPO can update the policy. The administrator on the local computer can modify the AppLocker policies defined in the local GPO.<br/><br/>AppLocker permits customization of error messages to direct users to a Web page for help.|
|
||||
|Policy maintenance|SRP policies must be updated by using the Local Security Policy snap-in (if the policies are created locally) or the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC).|AppLocker policies can be updated by using the Local Security Policy snap-in (if the policies are created locally), or the GPMC, or the Windows PowerShell AppLocker cmdlets.|
|
||||
|Policy application|SRP policies are distributed through Group Policy.|AppLocker policies are distributed through Group Policy.|
|
||||
|Enforcement mode|SRP works in the “deny list mode” where administrators can create rules for files that they do not want to allow in this Enterprise whereas the rest of the file is allowed to run by default.<br/><br/>SRP can also be configured in the “allowlist mode” so that by default all files are blocked and administrators need to create allow rules for files that they want to allow.|AppLocker by default works in the “allowlist mode” where only those files are allowed to run for which there is a matching allow rule.|
|
||||
|File types that can be controlled|SRP can control the following file types:<li>Executables<li>Dlls<li>Scripts<li>Windows Installers<br/><br/>SRP cannot control each file type separately. All SRP rules are in a single rule collection.|AppLocker can control the following file types:<li>Executables<li>Dlls<li>Scripts<li>Windows Installers<li>Packaged apps and installers<br/><br/>AppLocker maintains a separate rule collection for each of the five file types.|
|
||||
|Designated file types|SRP supports an extensible list of file types that are considered executable. Administrators can add extensions for files that should be considered executable.|AppLocker currently supports the following file extensions:<li>Executables (.exe, .com)<li>Dlls (.ocx, .dll)<li>Scripts (.vbs, .js, .ps1, .cmd, .bat)<li>Windows Installers (.msi, .mst, .msp)<li>Packaged app installers (.appx)|
|
||||
|Rule types|SRP supports four types of rules:<li>Hash<li>Path<li>Signature<li>Internet zone|AppLocker supports three types of rules:<li>File hash<li>Path<li>Publisher|
|
||||
|Editing the hash value|In Windows XP, you could use SRP to provide custom hash values.<br/><br/>Beginning with Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2, you can only select the file to hash, not provide the hash value.|AppLocker computes the hash value itself. Internally, it uses the SHA2 Authenticode hash for Portable Executables (exe and dll) and Windows Installers and an SHA2 flat file hash for the rest.|
|
||||
|Support for different security levels|With SRP, you can specify the permissions with which an app can run. So, you can configure a rule such that Notepad always runs with restricted permissions and never with administrative privileges.<br/><br/>SRP on Windows Vista and earlier supported multiple security levels. On Windows 7, that list was restricted to just two levels: Disallowed and Unrestricted (Basic User translates to Disallowed).|AppLocker does not support security levels.|
|
||||
|Manage Packaged apps and Packaged app installers.|Not supported|.appx is a valid file type which AppLocker can manage.|
|
||||
|Targeting a rule to a user or a group of users|SRP rules apply to all users on a particular computer.|AppLocker rules can be targeted to a specific user or a group of users.|
|
||||
|Support for rule exceptions|SRP does not support rule exceptions.|AppLocker rules can have exceptions, which allow you to create rules such as “Allow everything from Windows except for regedit.exe”.|
|
||||
|Support for audit mode|SRP does not support audit mode. The only way to test SRP policies is to set up a test environment and run a few experiments.|AppLocker supports audit mode, which allows you to test the effect of their policy in the real production environment without impacting the user experience. Once you are satisfied with the results, you can start enforcing the policy.|
|
||||
|Support for exporting and importing policies|SRP does not support policy import/export.|AppLocker supports the importing and exporting of policies. This allows you to create AppLocker policy on a sample device, test it out and then export that policy and import it back into the desired GPO.|
|
||||
|Rule enforcement|Internally, SRP rules enforcement happens in the user-mode, which is less secure.|Internally, AppLocker rules for .exe and .dll files are enforced in the kernel-mode, which is more secure than enforcing them in the user-mode.|
|
||||
|
@ -53,145 +53,33 @@ For information about the application control scenarios that AppLocker addresses
|
||||
|
||||
The following table compares AppLocker to Software Restriction Policies.
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="33%" />
|
||||
<col width="33%" />
|
||||
<col width="33%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th align="left">Feature</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Software Restriction Policies</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">AppLocker</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Rule scope</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>All users</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Specific user or group</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Rule conditions provided</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>File hash, path, certificate, registry path, and Internet zone</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>File hash, path, and publisher</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Rule types provided</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Defined by the security levels:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p>Disallowed</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Basic User</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Unrestricted</p></li>
|
||||
</ul></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Allow and deny</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Default rule action</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Unrestricted</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Implicit deny</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Audit-only mode</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>No</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Yes</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Wizard to create multiple rules at one time</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>No</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Yes</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Policy import or export</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>No</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Yes</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Rule collection</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>No</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Yes</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Windows PowerShell support</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>No</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Yes</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Custom error messages</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>No</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Yes</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|Feature|Software Restriction Policies|AppLocker|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|Rule scope|All users|Specific user or group|
|
||||
|Rule conditions provided|File hash, path, certificate, registry path, and Internet zone|File hash, path, and publisher|
|
||||
|Rule types provided|Defined by the security levels:<li>Disallowed<li>Basic User<li>Unrestricted|Allow and deny|
|
||||
|Default rule action|Unrestricted|Implicit deny|
|
||||
|Audit-only mode|No|Yes|
|
||||
|Wizard to create multiple rules at one time|No|Yes|
|
||||
|Policy import or export|No|Yes|
|
||||
|Rule collection|No|Yes|
|
||||
|Windows PowerShell support|No|Yes|
|
||||
|Custom error messages|No|Yes|
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Application control function differences</b>
|
||||
|
||||
The following table compares the application control functions of Software Restriction Policies (SRP) and AppLocker.
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="33%" />
|
||||
<col width="33%" />
|
||||
<col width="33%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th align="left">Application control function</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">SRP</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">AppLocker</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Operating system scope</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP policies can be applied to all Windows operating systems beginning with Windows XP and Windows Server 2003.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker policies apply only to those supported operating system versions and editions listed in <a href="requirements-to-use-applocker.md" data-raw-source="[Requirements to use AppLocker](requirements-to-use-applocker.md)">Requirements to use AppLocker</a>. But these systems can also use SRP.</p>
|
||||
<div class="alert">
|
||||
<b>Note</b><br/><p>Use different GPOs for SRP and AppLocker rules.</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
|
||||
</div></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>User support</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP allows users to install applications as an administrator.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker policies are maintained through Group Policy, and only the administrator of the device can update an AppLocker policy.</p>
|
||||
<p>AppLocker permits customization of error messages to direct users to a Web page for help.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Policy maintenance</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP policies are updated by using the Local Security Policy snap-in or the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC).</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker policies are updated by using the Local Security Policy snap-in or the GPMC.</p>
|
||||
<p>AppLocker supports a small set of PowerShell cmdlets to aid in administration and maintenance.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Policy management infrastructure</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>To manage SRP policies, SRP uses Group Policy within a domain and the Local Security Policy snap-in for a local computer.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>To manage AppLocker policies, AppLocker uses Group Policy within a domain and the Local Security Policy snap-in for a local computer.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Block malicious scripts</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Rules for blocking malicious scripts prevents all scripts associated with the Windows Script Host from running, except those that are digitally signed by your organization.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>AppLocker rules can control the following file formats: .ps1, .bat, .cmd, .vbs, and .js. In addition, you can set exceptions to allow specific files to run.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Manage software installation</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>SRP can prevent all Windows Installer packages from installing. It allows .msi files that are digitally signed by your organization to be installed.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>The Windows Installer rule collection is a set of rules created for Windows Installer file types (.mst, .msi and .msp) to allow you to control the installation of files on client computers and servers.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Manage all software on the computer</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>All software is managed in one rule set. By default, the policy for managing all software on a device disallows all software on the user's device, except software that is installed in the Windows folder, Program Files folder, or subfolders.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Unlike SRP, each AppLocker rule collection functions as an allowed list of files. Only the files that are listed within the rule collection will be allowed to run. This configuration makes it easier for administrators to determine what will occur when an AppLocker rule is applied.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Different policies for different users</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Rules are applied uniformly to all users on a particular device.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>On a device that is shared by multiple users, an administrator can specify the groups of users who can access the installed software. Using AppLocker, an administrator can specify the user to whom a specific rule should apply.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|Application control function|SRP|AppLocker|
|
||||
|--- |--- |--- |
|
||||
|Operating system scope|SRP policies can be applied to all Windows operating systems beginning with Windows XP and Windows Server 2003.|AppLocker policies apply only to those supported operating system versions and editions listed in [Requirements to use AppLocker](requirements-to-use-applocker.md). But these systems can also use SRP.<div class="alert">**Note:** Use different GPOs for SRP and AppLocker rules.</div>|
|
||||
|User support|SRP allows users to install applications as an administrator.|AppLocker policies are maintained through Group Policy, and only the administrator of the device can update an AppLocker policy.<p>AppLocker permits customization of error messages to direct users to a Web page for help.|
|
||||
|Policy maintenance|SRP policies are updated by using the Local Security Policy snap-in or the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC).|AppLocker policies are updated by using the Local Security Policy snap-in or the GPMC.<p>AppLocker supports a small set of PowerShell cmdlets to aid in administration and maintenance.|
|
||||
|Policy management infrastructure|To manage SRP policies, SRP uses Group Policy within a domain and the Local Security Policy snap-in for a local computer.|To manage AppLocker policies, AppLocker uses Group Policy within a domain and the Local Security Policy snap-in for a local computer.|
|
||||
|Block malicious scripts|Rules for blocking malicious scripts prevents all scripts associated with the Windows Script Host from running, except those that are digitally signed by your organization.|AppLocker rules can control the following file formats: .ps1, .bat, .cmd, .vbs, and .js. In addition, you can set exceptions to allow specific files to run.|
|
||||
|Manage software installation|SRP can prevent all Windows Installer packages from installing. It allows .msi files that are digitally signed by your organization to be installed.|The Windows Installer rule collection is a set of rules created for Windows Installer file types (.mst, .msi and .msp) to allow you to control the installation of files on client computers and servers.|
|
||||
|Manage all software on the computer|All software is managed in one rule set. By default, the policy for managing all software on a device disallows all software on the user's device, except software that is installed in the Windows folder, Program Files folder, or subfolders.|Unlike SRP, each AppLocker rule collection functions as an allowed list of files. Only the files that are listed within the rule collection will be allowed to run. This configuration makes it easier for administrators to determine what will occur when an AppLocker rule is applied.|
|
||||
|Different policies for different users|Rules are applied uniformly to all users on a particular device.|On a device that is shared by multiple users, an administrator can specify the groups of users who can access the installed software. Using AppLocker, an administrator can specify the user to whom a specific rule should apply.|
|
||||
|
||||
## Related topics
|
||||
|
||||
|
Loading…
x
Reference in New Issue
Block a user